FORM 10-K
Table of Contents

 
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
 
FORM 10-K
 
Annual Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
 
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008
Commission file number 001-31940
 
F.N.B. CORPORATION
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
 
     
Florida   25-1255406
     
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)   (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
     
One F.N.B. Boulevard, Hermitage, PA   16148
     
(Address of principal executive offices)   (Zip Code)
Registrant’s telephone number, including area code:
  724-981-6000
     
 
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
 
         
Title of Each Class   Name of Exchange on which Registered
 
Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share     New York Stock Exchange  
 
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None
 
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.  Yes x     No o
 
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act.  Yes o     No x
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.  Yes x     No o
 
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of the registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  o
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a small reporting company. See definition of “accelerated filer” and “large accelerated filer” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
             
Large accelerated filer x
  Accelerated filer o   Non-accelerated filer o   Smaller reporting company o
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).  Yes o     No x
 
The aggregate market value of the registrant’s outstanding voting common stock held by non-affiliates on June 30, 2008, determined using a per share closing price on that date of $11.78, as quoted on the New York Stock Exchange, was $956,311,874.
 
As of January 31, 2009, the registrant had outstanding 89,695,788 shares of common stock.
 
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
 
Portions of the definitive Proxy Statement of F.N.B. Corporation to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on May 20, 2009 (Proxy Statement) are incorporated by reference into Part III, items 10, 11, 12, 13 and 14, of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The Proxy Statement will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on or before April 30, 2009.
 


 

 
INDEX
 
             
        PAGE
 
           
           
           
  Business.     3  
           
  Risk Factors.     17  
           
  Unresolved Staff Comments.     27  
           
  Properties.     27  
           
  Legal Proceedings.     27  
           
  Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders.     27  
           
           
           
  Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities.     29  
           
  Selected Financial Data.     31  
           
  Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.     33  
           
  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.     56  
           
  Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.     57  
           
  Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.     110  
           
  Controls and Procedures.     110  
           
  Other Information.     110  
           
           
           
  Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance.     111  
           
  Executive Compensation.     111  
           
  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters.     111  
           
  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence.     111  
           
  Principal Accountant Fees and Services.     111  
           
           
           
  Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.     112  
       
Signatures     113  
       
Index to Exhibits     115  
 EX-12
 EX-21
 EX-23
 EX-31.1
 EX-31.2
 EX-32.1
 EX-32.2


2


Table of Contents

 
PART I
 
Forward-Looking Statements: From time to time F.N.B. Corporation (the Corporation) has made and may continue to make written or oral forward-looking statements with respect to the Corporation’s outlook or expectations for earnings, revenues, expenses, capital levels, asset quality or other future financial or business performance, strategies or expectations, or the impact of legal, regulatory or supervisory matters on the Corporation’s business operations or performance. This Annual Report on Form 10-K (the Report) also includes forward-looking statements. With respect to all such forward-looking statements, see Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Information in Item 7 of this Report.
 
ITEM 1.      BUSINESS
 
The Corporation was formed in 1974 as a bank holding company. During 2000, the Corporation elected to become and remains a financial holding company under the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999 (GLB Act). The Corporation has four reportable business segments: Community Banking, Wealth Management, Insurance and Consumer Finance. As of December 31, 2008, the Corporation had 225 Community Banking offices in Pennsylvania and Ohio and 58 Consumer Finance offices in those states and Tennessee. The Corporation, through its Community Banking affiliate, also had 6 commercial loan production offices in Pennsylvania and Florida and two mortgage loan production offices in Ohio and Tennessee as of that date.
 
On April 1, 2008, the Corporation completed its acquisition of Omega Financial Corporation (Omega), a diversified financial services company based in State College, Pennsylvania. On the acquisition date, Omega had $1.8 billion in assets, which included $1.1 billion in loans, and $1.3 billion in deposits. The all-stock transaction, valued at approximately $388.2 million, resulted in the Corporation issuing 25,362,525 shares of its common stock in exchange for 12,544,150 shares of Omega common stock. The assets and liabilities of Omega were recorded on the Corporation’s balance sheet at their fair values as of April 1, 2008, the acquisition date, and Omega’s results of operations have been included in the Corporation’s consolidated statement of income since then. Omega’s banking subsidiary, Omega Bank, was merged into First National Bank of Pennsylvania (FNBPA) on April 1, 2008.
 
On August 16, 2008, the Corporation completed its acquisition of Iron and Glass Bancorp, Inc. (IRGB), a bank holding company based in Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania. On the acquisition date, IRGB had $301.7 million in assets, which included $168.8 million in loans, and $252.3 million in deposits. The transaction, valued at $83.7 million, resulted in the Corporation paying $36.7 million in cash and issuing 3,176,990 shares of its common stock in exchange for 1,125,026 shares of IRGB common stock. The assets and liabilities of IRGB were recorded on the Corporation’s balance sheet at their fair values as of August 16, 2008, the acquisition date, and IRGB’s results of operations have been included in the Corporation’s consolidated statement of income since then. IRGB’s banking subsidiary, Iron and Glass Bank, was merged into FNBPA on August 16, 2008.
 
The Corporation, through its subsidiaries, provides a full range of financial services, principally to consumers and small- to medium-sized businesses in its market areas. The Corporation’s business strategy focuses primarily on providing quality, community-based financial services adapted to the needs of each of the markets it serves. The Corporation seeks to maintain its community orientation by providing local management with certain autonomy in decision-making, enabling them to respond to customer requests more quickly and to concentrate on transactions within their market areas. However, while the Corporation seeks to preserve some decision-making at a local level, it has established centralized legal, loan review and underwriting, accounting, investment, audit, loan operations and data processing functions. The centralization of these processes has enabled the Corporation to maintain consistent quality of these functions and to achieve certain economies of scale.
 
As of December 31, 2008, the Corporation had total assets of $8.4 billion, loans of $5.8 billion and deposits of $6.1 billion. See Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data,” of this Report.


3


Table of Contents

Recent Developments
 
On January 9, 2009, the Corporation received a $100.0 million investment as part of its voluntary participation in the United States Treasury Department’s (U.S. Treasury) Capital Purchase Program (CPP) implemented pursuant to the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act (EESA) enacted on October 3, 2008.
 
The CPP is a voluntary program implemented by the U.S. Treasury in October 2008 and is available to qualifying financial institutions. As part of the transaction completed on January 9, 2009, the U.S. Treasury purchased 100,000 shares of the Corporation’s Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series C (Preferred Series C Stock) and a warrant to purchase up to 1,302,083 shares of the Corporation’s common stock, for an aggregate purchase price of $100.0 million. The Preferred Series C Stock pays a cumulative dividend of 5% per annum for the first five years and 9% per annum thereafter. The dividends on the Preferred Series C Stock are payable quarterly in arrears on February 15, May 15, August 15 and November 15 of each year. In the event dividends on the Preferred Series C Stock are not paid in full for six dividend periods, whether or not consecutive, the U.S. Treasury will have the right to elect two directors to the Corporation’s Board of Directors and such right shall end when all accrued and unpaid dividends have been paid in full. The warrant has a ten year term and an exercise price of $11.52 per share of the Corporation’s common stock. The uniform terms and conditions for all CPP participants are publicly available at the U.S. Treasury website at:
http://www.treas.gov/press/releases/reports/document5hp1207.pdf.
 
In addition, pursuant to the terms of the Securities Purchase Agreement, the Corporation adopted the U.S. Treasury’s standards for executive compensation and corporate governance for the period during which the U.S. Treasury holds the equity issued pursuant to the Securities Purchase Agreement, including the common stock that may be issued pursuant to the warrant. However, the Securities Purchase Agreement and all related documents may be amended unilaterally by the U.S. Treasury to comply with the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009, which was signed into law by the President on February 17, 2009, and which amended the executive compensation and corporate governance standards previously set forth by the EESA and subsequent U.S. Treasury regulations. The U.S. Treasury is expected to issue regulations to comply with those standards, which generally apply to the Corporation’s top five most highly compensated employees, or senior executive officers, and extend in certain contexts to cover up to the next twenty most highly compensated employees.
 
The standards include (1) ensuring that incentive compensation for senior executive officers does not encourage unnecessary and excessive risks that threaten the value of the institution; (2) requiring the clawback of any bonus, retention award, or incentive compensation paid to a senior executive officer or any of the next twenty most highly compensated employees based on statements of earnings, revenues, gains, or other criteria that are later found to be materially inaccurate; (3) agreeing not to deduct for tax purposes executive compensation in excess of $500,000 for each senior executive officer; (4) prohibiting severance payments to a senior executive officer or any of the next five most highly compensated employees; (5) prohibiting the payment or accrual of any bonus, retention award, or incentive compensation to a senior executive officer (except for payments of long-term restricted stock, provided that the award does not vest while the U.S. Treasury’s funds are outstanding and the award does not have a value greater than one third of the receiving employee’s total annual compensation); (6) prohibiting any compensation plan that encourages manipulation of the financial institution’s reporting earnings to enhance the compensation of any of its employees; (7) requiring the establishment of a Board Compensation Committee comprised entirely of independent directors, for the purpose of reviewing employee compensation plans, which must meet at least semiannually to discuss and evaluate employee compensation plans in light of any risk posed by such plans to the financial institution; (8) requiring the chief executive officer and chief financial officer of the financial institution to file a written certification of compliance with these standards with its annual filings required under the securities laws; (9) adopting a company-wide policy regarding excessive or luxury expenditures; (10) permitting a separate, non-binding shareholder vote to approve compensation of executives as disclosed pursuant to the compensation disclosure rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC); and (11) allowing the U.S. Treasury Secretary to review bonuses, retention awards, and other compensation paid to a senior executive officer or any of the next twenty most highly compensated employees prior to February 17, 2009, to determine whether any such payment was inconsistent with the purposes of the TARP or was otherwise contrary to the public interest, and if so, to engage in negotiations with the financial institution and the receiving employee for appropriate reimbursement to the federal government.


4


Table of Contents

The standards above do not apply to prohibit any bonus payment required to be paid pursuant to a valid written employment contract executed on or before February 11, 2009.
 
The executive compensation and corporate governance restrictions will apply so long as the U.S. Treasury owns any of the Corporation’s debt or equity securities acquired in connection with the transactions described herein, including the Preferred Series C Stock or any shares of the Corporation’s common stock issued upon exercise of the warrant; however, the restrictions will not apply during any period in which the U.S. Treasury only holds the warrant to purchase the Corporation’s common stock. Accordingly, the Corporation could be subject to these restrictions for an indefinite period of time. Further, the Securities Purchase Agreement and all related documents may be further amended unilaterally by the U.S. Treasury to the extent required to comply with any changes to the applicable federal statutes. Any such amendments may provide for additional executive compensation and corporate governance standards or modify the standards set forth above.
 
Business Segments
 
In addition to the following information relating to the Corporation’s business segments, information is contained in the Business Segments footnote in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, which is included in Item 8 of this Report. As of December 31, 2008, the Community Banking segment consisted of a regional community bank. The Wealth Management segment, as of that date, consisted of a trust company, a registered investment advisor and a subsidiary that offered broker-dealer services through a third party networking arrangement with a non-affiliated licensed broker-dealer entity. The Insurance segment consisted of an insurance agency and a reinsurer as of that date. The Consumer Finance segment consisted of a multi-state consumer finance company as of that date.
 
Community Banking
 
The Corporation’s Community Banking segment consists of FNBPA, which offers services traditionally offered by full-service commercial banks, including commercial and individual demand, savings and time deposit accounts and commercial, mortgage and individual installment loans.
 
The goal of Community Banking is to generate high quality, profitable revenue growth through increased business with its current customers, attract new customer relationships through FNBPA’s current branches and loan production offices and expand into new and existing markets through de novo branch openings, acquisitions and the establishment of additional loan production offices. Consistent with this strategy, on August 16, 2008, April 1, 2008 and May 26, 2006, the Corporation completed its acquisitions of IRGB, Omega and The Legacy Bank (Legacy), respectively. For information pertaining to these acquisitions, see the Mergers and Acquisitions footnote in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, which is included in Item 8 of this Report. In addition, the Corporation considers Community Banking a fundamental source of revenue opportunity through the cross-selling of products and services offered by the Corporation’s other business segments.
 
As of December 31, 2008, the Corporation operates its Community Banking business through a network of 225 branches in Pennsylvania and Ohio, including eight branches acquired in the IRGB acquisition and 62 branches acquired in the Omega acquisition.
 
Community Banking also includes five commercial loan production offices in Florida, one commercial loan production office in Pennsylvania, one mortgage loan production office in Ohio and one mortgage loan production office in Tennessee. The underwriting for all loan production offices is centrally performed.
 
The lending philosophy of Community Banking is to establish high quality customer relationships while minimizing credit losses by following strict credit approval standards (which include independent analysis of realizable collateral value), diversifying its loan portfolio by industry and borrower and conducting ongoing review and management of the loan portfolio. Commercial loans are generally made to established businesses within the geographic market areas served by Community Banking.
 
No material portion of the loans or deposits of Community Banking has been obtained from a single or small group of customers, and the loss of any one customer’s loans or deposits or a small group of customers’ loans or deposits by Community Banking would not have a material adverse effect on the Community Banking segment


5


Table of Contents

or on the Corporation. The substantial majority of the loans and deposits have been generated within the geographic market areas in which Community Banking operates.
 
Wealth Management
 
The Corporation’s Wealth Management segment delivers comprehensive wealth management services to individuals, corporations and retirement funds as well as existing customers of Community Banking. Wealth Management provides services to individuals and businesses located within the Corporation’s geographic markets.
 
The Corporation’s Wealth Management operations are conducted through three subsidiaries of the Corporation. The Corporation’s trust subsidiary, First National Trust Company (FNTC), provides a broad range of personal and corporate fiduciary services, including the administration of decedent and trust estates. As of December 31, 2008, the market value of trust assets under management was approximately $2.1 billion. FNTC is required to maintain certain minimum capitalization levels in accordance with regulatory requirements. FNTC periodically measures its capital position to ensure all minimum capitalization levels are maintained.
 
The Corporation’s Wealth Management segment also includes two other wholly-owned subsidiaries. First National Investment Services Company, LLC offers a broad array of investment products and services for customers of Wealth Management through a networking relationship with a third-party licensed brokerage firm. F.N.B. Investment Advisors, Inc. (Investment Advisors), an investment advisor registered with the SEC, offers customers of Wealth Management objective investment programs featuring mutual funds, annuities, stocks and bonds.
 
No material portion of the business of Wealth Management has been obtained from a single or small group of customers, and the loss of any one customer’s business or the business of a small group of customers by Wealth Management would not have a material adverse effect on the Wealth Management segment or on the Corporation.
 
Insurance
 
The Corporation’s Insurance segment operates principally through First National Insurance Agency, LLC (FNIA), which is a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Corporation. FNIA is a full-service insurance brokerage agency offering numerous lines of commercial and personal insurance through major carriers to businesses and individuals primarily within the Corporation’s geographic markets. The goal of FNIA is to grow revenue through cross-selling to existing clients of Community Banking and to gain new clients through its own channels.
 
The Corporation’s Insurance segment also includes a reinsurance subsidiary, Penn-Ohio Life Insurance Company (Penn-Ohio). Penn-Ohio underwrites, as a reinsurer, credit life and accident and health insurance sold by the Corporation’s lending subsidiaries. Additionally, FNBPA owns a direct subsidiary, First National Corporation, which offers title insurance products.
 
No material portion of the business of Insurance has been obtained from a single or small group of customers, and the loss of any one customer’s business or the business of a small group of customers by Insurance would not have a material adverse effect on the Insurance segment or on the Corporation.
 
Consumer Finance
 
The Corporation’s Consumer Finance segment operates through its wholly-owned subsidiary, Regency Finance Company (Regency), which is involved principally in making personal installment loans to individuals and purchasing installment sales finance contracts from retail merchants. Such activity is primarily funded through the sale of the Corporation’s subordinated notes at Regency’s branch offices. The Consumer Finance segment operates in Pennsylvania, Ohio and Tennessee.
 
No material portion of the business of Consumer Finance has been obtained from a single or small group of customers, and the loss of any one customer’s business or the business of a small group of customers by Consumer Finance would not have a material adverse effect on the Consumer Finance segment or on the Corporation.


6


Table of Contents

Other
 
The Corporation also has seven other subsidiaries. F.N.B. Statutory Trust I and F.N.B. Statutory Trust II were established by the Corporation to issue trust preferred securities to third-party investors. As a result of the Omega acquisition, the Corporation acquired Omega Financial Capital Trust I and Sun Bancorp Statutory Trust I, which also issue trust preferred securities to third-party investors. Regency Consumer Financial Services, Inc. and FNB Consumer Financial Services, Inc. are the general partner and limited partner, respectively, of FNB Financial Services, LP, a company established to issue, administer and repay the subordinated notes through which loans in the Consumer Finance segment are funded. F.N.B. Capital Corporation, LLC (FNB Capital) offers financing options for small- to medium-sized businesses that need financial assistance beyond the parameters of typical commercial bank lending products. Certain financial information concerning these subsidiaries, along with the parent company and intercompany eliminations, are included in the “Parent and Other” category in the Business Segments footnote in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, which is included in Item 8 of this Report.
 
Market Area and Competition
 
The Corporation primarily operates in Pennsylvania and northeastern Ohio. This area is served by several major interstate highways and is located at the approximate midpoint between New York City and Chicago. The primary market area served by the Corporation also extends to the Great Lakes shipping port of Erie, the Pennsylvania state capital of Harrisburg and the Greater Pittsburgh International Airport. The Corporation also has five commercial loan production offices in Florida, one commercial loan production office in Pennsylvania one mortgage loan production office in Ohio and one mortgage loan production office in Tennessee. In addition to Pennsylvania and northeastern Ohio, the Corporation’s Consumer Finance segment also operates in northern and central Tennessee and central and southern Ohio.
 
The Corporation’s subsidiaries compete for deposits, loans and financial services business with a large number of other financial institutions, such as commercial banks, savings banks, savings and loan associations, credit life insurance companies, mortgage banking companies, consumer finance companies, credit unions and commercial finance and leasing companies, many of which have greater resources than the Corporation. In providing wealth and asset management services, as well as insurance brokerage and merchant banking products and services, the Corporation’s subsidiaries compete with many other financial services firms, brokerage firms, mutual fund complexes, investment management firms, merchant and investment banking firms, trust and fiduciary service providers and insurance agencies.
 
In Regency’s market areas of Pennsylvania, Ohio and Tennessee, the active competitors include banks, credit unions and national, regional and local consumer finance companies, some of which have substantially greater resources than that of Regency. The ready availability of consumer credit through charge accounts and credit cards constitutes additional competition. In this market area, competition is based on the rates of interest charged for loans, the rates of interest paid to obtain funds and the availability of customer services.
 
The ability to access and use technology is an increasingly important competitive factor in the financial services industry. Technology is not only important with respect to delivery of financial services and protecting the security of customer information, but also in processing information. The Corporation and each of its subsidiaries must continually make technological investments to remain competitive in the financial services industry.
 
Mergers and Acquisitions
 
See the Mergers and Acquisitions footnote in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, which is included in Item 8 of this Report.
 
Employees
 
As of January 31, 2009, the Corporation and its subsidiaries had 2,009 full-time and 488 part-time employees. Management of the Corporation considers its relationship with its employees to be satisfactory.


7


Table of Contents

Government Supervision and Regulation
 
The following summary sets forth certain of the material elements of the regulatory framework applicable to bank holding companies and financial holding companies and their subsidiaries and to companies engaged in securities and insurance activities and provides certain specific information about the Corporation. The bank regulatory framework is intended primarily for the protection of depositors through the federal deposit insurance guarantee, and not for the protection of security holders. Numerous laws and regulations govern the operations of financial services institutions and their holding companies. To the extent that the following information describes statutory and regulatory provisions, it is qualified in its entirety by express reference to each of the particular statutory and regulatory provisions. A change in applicable statutes, regulations or regulatory policy may have a material effect on the business of the Corporation.
 
General
 
The Corporation is a legal entity separate and distinct from its subsidiaries. As a financial holding company and a bank holding company, the Corporation is regulated under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (BHC Act), and is subject to inspection, examination and supervision by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (FRB). The Corporation is also subject to regulation by the SEC as a result of the Corporation’s status as a public company and due to the nature of the business activities of certain of the Corporation’s subsidiaries. The Corporation’s common stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) under the trading symbol “FNB” and the Corporation is subject to the rules of the NYSE for listed companies.
 
The Corporation’s subsidiary bank (FNBPA) and trust company (FNTC) are organized as national banking associations, which are subject to regulation, supervision and examination by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (OCC). FNBPA is also subject to certain regulatory requirements of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC), the FRB and other federal and state regulatory agencies, including requirements to maintain reserves against deposits, restrictions on the types and amounts of loans that may be granted and the interest that may be charged thereon, limitations on the types of investments that may be made, activities that may be engaged in and types of services that may be offered. In addition to banking laws, regulations and regulatory agencies, the Corporation and its subsidiaries are subject to various other laws and regulations and supervision and examination by other regulatory agencies, all of which directly or indirectly affect the operations and management of the Corporation and its ability to make distributions to its stockholders.
 
As a result of the GLB Act, which repealed or modified a number of significant statutory provisions, including those of the Glass-Steagall Act and the BHC Act which imposed restrictions on banking organizations’ ability to engage in certain types of activities, bank holding companies such as the Corporation now have broad authority to engage in activities that are financial in nature or incidental to such financial activity, including insurance underwriting and brokerage; merchant banking; securities underwriting, dealing and market-making; real estate development; and such additional activities as the FRB in consultation with the Secretary of the Treasury determines to be financial in nature or incidental thereto. A bank holding company may engage in these activities directly or through subsidiaries by qualifying as a “financial holding company.” A financial holding company may engage directly or indirectly in activities considered financial in nature, either de novo or by acquisition, provided the financial holding company gives the FRB after-the-fact notice of the new activities. The GLB Act also permits national banks, such as FNBPA, to engage in activities considered financial in nature through a financial subsidiary, subject to certain conditions and limitations and with the approval of the OCC.
 
As a regulated financial holding company, the Corporation’s relationships and good standing with its regulators are of fundamental importance to the continuation and growth of the Corporation’s businesses. The FRB, OCC, FDIC and SEC have broad enforcement powers and authority to approve, deny or refuse to act upon applications or notices of the Corporation or its subsidiaries to conduct new activities, acquire or divest businesses or assets or reconfigure existing operations. In addition, the Corporation, FNBPA and FNTC are subject to examination by various regulators, which results in examination reports (which are not publicly available) and ratings that can impact the conduct and growth of the Corporation’s businesses. These examinations consider not only compliance with applicable laws and regulations, including bank secrecy and anti-money laundering requirements, but also loan quality and administration, capital levels, asset quality and risk management ability


8


Table of Contents

and performance, earnings, liquidity and various other factors, including, but not limited to, community reinvestment. An examination downgrade by any of the Corporation’s federal bank regulators could potentially result in the imposition of significant limitations on the activities and growth of the Corporation and its subsidiaries.
 
The FRB is the “umbrella” regulator of a financial holding company. In addition, a financial holding company’s operating entities, such as its subsidiary broker-dealers, investment managers, merchant banking operations, investment companies, insurance companies and banks, are subject to the jurisdiction of various federal and state “functional” regulators.
 
There are numerous laws, regulations and rules governing the activities of financial institutions and bank holding companies. The following discussion is general in nature and seeks to highlight some of the more significant of these regulatory requirements, but does not purport to be complete or to describe all of the laws and regulations that apply to the Corporation and its subsidiaries.
 
Interstate Banking
 
Under the BHC Act, bank holding companies, including those that are also financial holding companies, are required to obtain the prior approval of the FRB before acquiring more than five percent of any class of voting stock of any non-affiliated bank. Pursuant to the Riegle-Neal Interstate Banking and Branching Efficiency Act of 1994 (Interstate Banking Act), a bank holding company may acquire banks located in states other than its home state without regard to the permissibility of such acquisitions under state law, but subject to any state requirement that the bank has been organized and operating for a minimum period of time, not to exceed five years, and the requirement that the bank holding company, after the proposed acquisition, controls no more than 10 percent of the total amount of deposits of insured depository institutions in the United States and no more than 30 percent or such lesser or greater amount set by state law of such deposits in that state.
 
Subject to certain restrictions, the Interstate Banking Act also authorizes banks to merge across state lines to create interstate banks. The Interstate Banking Act also permits a bank to open new branches in a state in which it does not already have banking operations if such state enacts a law permitting de novo branching. During 2008, the Corporation had one retail subsidiary national bank, FNBPA. FNBPA owns and operates eleven interstate branch offices within Ohio.
 
Capital and Operational Requirements
 
The FRB, the OCC and the FDIC issued substantially similar risk-based and leverage capital guidelines applicable to United States banking organizations. In addition, these regulatory agencies may from time to time require that a banking organization maintain capital above the minimum levels, whether because of its financial condition or actual or anticipated growth.
 
The FRB’s risk-based guidelines are based on a three-tier capital framework. Tier 1 capital includes common stockholders’ equity and qualifying preferred stock, less goodwill and other adjustments. Tier 2 capital consists of preferred stock not qualifying as Tier 1 capital, mandatory convertible debt, limited amounts of subordinated debt, other qualifying term debt and the allowance for loan losses of up to 1.25 percent of risk-weighted assets. Tier 3 capital includes subordinated debt that is unsecured, fully paid, has an original maturity of at least two years, is not redeemable before maturity without prior approval by the FRB and includes a lock-in clause precluding payment of either interest or principal if the payment would cause the issuing bank’s risk-based capital ratio to fall or remain below the required minimum.
 
The Corporation, like other bank holding companies, currently is required to maintain Tier 1 capital and total capital (the sum of Tier 1, Tier 2 and Tier 3 capital) equal to at least 4.0% and 8.0%, respectively, of its total risk-weighted assets (including various off-balance-sheet items). Risk-based capital ratios are calculated by dividing Tier 1 and total capital by risk-weighted assets. Assets and off-balance sheet exposures are assigned to one of four categories of risk-weights, based primarily on relative credit risk. At December 31, 2008, the Corporation’s Tier 1 and total capital ratios under these guidelines were 9.69% and 11.13%, respectively. At December 31, 2008, the Corporation had $199.0 million of capital securities that qualified as Tier 1 capital and $10.5 million of subordinated debt that qualified as Tier 2 capital.


9


Table of Contents

Bank holding companies and banks are also required to comply with minimum leverage ratio requirements. The leverage ratio is determined by dividing Tier 1 capital by adjusted average total assets (as defined for regulatory purposes). Although the stated minimum ratio is 100 to 200 basis points above three percent, banking organizations are required to maintain a ratio of at least five percent to be classified as well-capitalized. The Corporation’s leverage ratio at December 31, 2008 was 7.34%, and as such, the Corporation meets its leverage ratio requirements.
 
The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 (FDICIA), among other things, classifies insured depository institutions into five capital categories (well-capitalized, adequately capitalized, undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized and critically undercapitalized) and requires the respective federal regulatory agencies to implement systems for “prompt corrective action” for insured depository institutions that do not meet minimum capital requirements within such categories. FDICIA imposes progressively more restrictive constraints on operations, management and capital distributions, depending on the category in which an institution is classified. Failure to meet the capital guidelines could also subject a banking institution to capital-raising requirements, restrictions on its business and a variety of enforcement remedies, including the termination of deposit insurance by the FDIC, and in certain circumstances the appointment of a conservator or receiver. An “undercapitalized” bank must develop a capital restoration plan and its parent holding company must guarantee that bank’s compliance with the plan. The liability of the parent holding company under any such guarantee is limited to the lesser of five percent of the bank’s assets at the time it became “undercapitalized” or the amount needed to comply with the plan. Furthermore, in the event of the bankruptcy of the parent holding company, the obligation under such guarantee would take priority over the parent’s general unsecured creditors. In addition, FDICIA requires the various regulatory agencies to prescribe certain non-capital standards for safety and soundness relating generally to operations and management, asset quality and executive compensation and permits regulatory action against a financial institution that does not meet such standards.
 
The various regulatory agencies have adopted substantially similar regulations that define the five capital categories identified by FDICIA, using the total risk-based capital, Tier 1 risk-based capital and leverage capital ratios as the relevant capital measures. Such regulations establish various degrees of corrective action to be taken when an institution is considered undercapitalized. Under the regulations, a “well-capitalized” institution must have a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of at least six percent, a total risk-based capital ratio of at least ten percent and a leverage ratio of at least five percent and not be subject to a capital directive order. Under these guidelines, FNBPA was considered well-capitalized as of December 31, 2008.
 
The federal bank regulatory authorities’ risk based capital guidelines are based upon the 1998 Capital Accord of the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision, or “Basel I”. In 2004, federal bank regulators issued a proposed new framework for risk-based capital adequacy, sometimes referred to as “Basel II.” In July 2007, regulators announced their current plan for implementing the most advanced approach under Basel II for banks with over $250 billion in assets or over $10 billion in foreign exposure. In July 2008, regulators proposed rules allowing smaller financial institutions, such as the Corporation and its bank subsidiaries, to select between the current method of calculating risked-based capital (“Basel I”) and a “standardized” approach under Basel II. As proposed, the Basel II standardized approach would lower risk weightings for certain categories of assets (including mortgages) from the weightings reflected in Basel I, but unlike Basel I would require an explicit capital charge for operational risk. The comment period for this “standardized approach” proposal expired on October 27, 2008, but the rule has not yet been finalized. The Corporation and its subsidiaries have not determined whether they will elect to apply the Basel II standardized approach.
 
When determining the adequacy of an institution’s capital, federal regulators must also take into consideration (a) concentrations of credit risk; (b) interest rate risk (when the interest rate sensitivity of an institution’s assets does not match the sensitivity of its liabilities or its off-balance sheet position) and (c) risks from non-traditional activities, as well as an institution’s ability to manage those risks. This evaluation is made as a part of the institution’s regular safety and soundness examination. In addition, the Corporation, and any bank with significant trading activity, must incorporate a measure for market risk in their regulatory capital calculations.


10


Table of Contents

Deposit Insurance and Premiums
 
The deposits of FNBPA are insured to the maximum extent permitted by the Deposit Insurance Fund, which is administered by the FDIC. Insured institutions are assigned to one of three capital groups which are based solely on the level of an institution’s capital: “well-capitalized,” “adequately capitalized” and “undercapitalized.” There are also three supervisory groups generally based on an institution’s CAMELS composite rating. Assessment rates for insured institutions are determined semi-annually by the FDIC and as of December 31, 2008 ranged from five basis points for well-capitalized and well-managed institutions with no substantial supervisory concerns to 43 basis points for undercapitalized institutions with substantial supervisory concerns.
 
In addition, all institutions with deposits insured by the FDIC are required to pay assessments to fund interest payments on bonds issued by the Financing Corporation, a mixed-ownership government corporation established to recapitalize a predecessor to the Deposit Insurance Fund. The assessment rate for the third quarter of 2008 was 0.0028% of insured deposits and is adjusted quarterly. These assessments will continue until the Financing Corporation’s bonds mature in 2019.
 
On October 7, 2008, the FDIC adopted a restoration plan designed to replenish the Deposit Insurance Fund over a period of five years and to increase the deposit insurance reserve ratio, which had decreased to 1.01% of insured deposits on June 30, 2008, to the statutory minimum of 1.15% of insured deposits by December 31, 2013. In order to implement the restoration plan, the FDIC proposes to change both its risk-based assessment system and its base assessment rates. Under the FDIC’s proposed restoration plan, new base assessment rates would increase in 2009. For the first quarter of 2009, rates would increase uniformly by 7 basis points. Beginning April 1, 2009, the rates would range from 10-14 basis points for Risk Category I institutions, such as FNBPA, to 45 basis points for Risk Category IV institutions. Changes to the risk-based assessment system would include increasing premiums for institutions that rely on excessive amounts of brokered deposits, including the Promontory’s Certificate of Deposit Account Registry Services (CDARS), increasing premiums for excessive use of secured liabilities, including Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) advances, lowering premiums for smaller institutions with very high capital levels and adding financial ratios and debt issuer ratings to the premium calculations for banks with over $10 billion in assets, while providing a reduction for their unsecured debt.
 
Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008
 
Pursuant to the authority granted under the EESA, the Secretary of the Treasury created the CPP, enacted as part of the Troubled Asset Relief Program (TARP), under which the U.S. Treasury will invest up to $250 billion in senior preferred stock of qualifying U.S. banks and savings associations or their holding companies. Such financial institutions may issue senior preferred stock with a value equal to not less than 1% of risk-weighted assets and not more than the lesser of $25 billion or 3% of risk-weighted assets. The senior preferred stock will pay dividends at a rate of 5% per annum until the fifth anniversary of the investment and thereafter at a rate of 9% per annum. The senior preferred stock may not be redeemed for three years except with the proceeds from an offering of common stock or preferred stock qualifying as Tier 1 capital in an amount equal to not less than 25% of the amount of the senior preferred. After three years, the senior preferred may be redeemed at any time in whole or in part by the financial institution. No dividends may be paid on common stock unless dividends have been paid on the senior preferred stock. Until the third anniversary of the issuance of the senior preferred stock, the consent of the U.S. Treasury will be required for any increase in the dividends on the common stock or for any stock repurchases unless the senior preferred stock has been redeemed in its entirety or the U.S. Treasury has transferred the senior preferred stock to third parties. The senior preferred stock will not have voting rights other than the right to vote as a class on the issuance of any preferred stock ranking senior to such stock, any change in its terms, or any merger, exchange or similar transaction that would adversely affect its rights. The senior preferred stock will also have the right to elect two directors to the financial institution’s Board of Directors if dividends have not been paid for six periods, whether or not consecutive. The senior preferred stock will be freely transferable and participating institutions will be required to file a shelf registration statement covering the senior preferred stock. The issuing institution must grant the Treasury piggyback registration rights with respect to the senior preferred stock. Prior to issuance, the financial institution and its senior executive officers must modify or terminate all benefit plans and arrangements to comply with EESA requirements. Senior executives must also waive any claims against the U.S. Treasury.


11


Table of Contents

In connection with the issuance of the senior preferred stock, participating institutions must issue to the U.S. Treasury immediately exercisable 10-year warrants to purchase common stock with an aggregate market price equal to 15% of the amount of the senior preferred stock. The exercise price of the warrants will equal the market price of the common stock on the date of the investment. The U.S. Treasury may only exercise or transfer one-half of the warrants prior to the earlier of December 31, 2009 or the date the issuing financial institution has received proceeds equal to the senior preferred investment from one or more offerings of common or preferred stock qualifying as Tier 1 capital. The U.S. Treasury will not exercise voting rights with respect to any shares of common stock acquired through the exercise of the warrants. The financial institution must file a shelf registration statement covering the warrants and underlying common stock as soon as practicable after issuance and grant piggyback registration rights to the U.S. Treasury. The number of warrants will be reduced by one-half if the financial institution raises capital equal to the amount of the senior preferred through one or more offerings of common stock or preferred stock qualifying as Tier 1 capital. If the financial institution does not have sufficient authorized shares of common stock available to satisfy the warrants or their issuance otherwise requires shareholder approval, the financial institution must call a meeting of shareholders for that purpose as soon as practicable after the date of investment. The exercise price of the warrants will be reduced by 15% for each six months that lapse before shareholder approval is obtained subject to a maximum reduction of 45%.
 
The Corporation has elected to participate in the CPP and the details concerning the Corporation’s CPP participation are described under the Recent Developments caption in the Business section in Item 1 of this Report.
 
With respect to deposit insurance, the EESA authorizes the FDIC to increase the maximum deposit insurance amount up to $250,000 until December 31, 2009, and removes the statutory limits on the FDIC’s ability to borrow from the U.S. Treasury during this period. The FDIC has authorized the increase in the maximum deposit insurance amount. The FDIC, however, may not take the temporary increase in deposit insurance coverage into account when setting assessments. EESA allows financial institutions to treat any losses on certain sales or exchanges of the preferred stock of the Federal National Mortgage Association or Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation as an ordinary loss for tax purposes. In a related action, the FDIC established a Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program (TLGP) under which the FDIC provides a guarantee for newly-issued senior unsecured debt and non-interest bearing transaction deposit accounts at eligible insured institutions. For non-interest bearing transaction deposit accounts, a 10 basis point annual rate surcharge will be applied to deposit amounts in excess of $250,000. The Corporation has elected to participate in the CPP and has opted to participate in the TLGP.
 
Financial Stability Plan
 
On February 10, 2009, the U.S. Treasury announced the Financial Stability Plan, a program designed to further strengthen the financial system through additional capital injections into banks, creation of a public-private investment fund to purchase troubled assets, establishment of guidelines for mortgage modification, and the expansion of a FRB lending program aimed at small businesses and communities.
 
The Administration is expected to move rapidly to develop and expound the details of the Financial Stability Plan. The current plan “fact sheet” indicates that major U.S. banking organizations (those with assets in excess of $100 billion) will be required to undergo a coordinated regulatory review which will include a comprehensive balance sheet “stress test.” In addition, the fact sheet indicates that the Financial Stability Plan will call for greater transparency, accountability, and conditionality for firms receiving assistance under the programs. However, it specifically provides that these new standards will apply going forward, and are not retroactive.
 
New Executive Compensation Requirements
 
The TARP Reform and Accountability Act of 2009 modifies the restrictions on the Corporation with regard to standards for executive compensation and corporate governance for the period during which the U.S. Treasury holds the equity issued under the Securities Purchase Agreement, including the common stock which may be issued pursuant to the warrant, but not during any period during which the U.S. Treasury holds only warrants to purchase common stock of the Corporation. These standards generally apply to the top five most highly


12


Table of Contents

compensated executives of the Corporation whose compensation is required to be disclosed under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and any regulations issued thereunder.
 
The standards include (1) ensuring that incentive compensation for senior executives does not encourage unnecessary and excessive risks that threaten the value of the financial institution; and (2) required clawback of any bonus or incentive compensation paid to a senior executive based on statements of earnings, gains, or other criteria that are later proven to be materially inaccurate. In addition, during the period in which any obligation arising from the CPP remains outstanding, the standards shall also include (1) prohibition on making golden parachute payments to senior executives and the next five most highly-compensated employees of the Corporation, and (2) prohibition on paying or accruing any bonus, retention award, or incentive compensation, other than payment of long-term restricted stock meeting certain criteria, for certain employees of the financial institution. In the case of the Corporation, the latter prohibition shall apply to at least its five most highly-compensated employees. However, the prohibition does not apply retroactively to preexisting employment contracts.
 
The Corporation is required to establish a Board Compensation Committee comprised entirely of independent directors, which shall meet at least semiannually to review and evaluate employee compensation plans in light of the requirements. Finally, during the period in which any obligation arising from the CPP remains outstanding, the Corporation shall, in any proxy or consent or authorization for an annual or other meeting of the shareholders, permit a separate shareholder vote to approve the compensation of executives, but the vote shall not be binding on, and may not be construed as overruling a decision by, the board of directors.
 
Community Reinvestment Act
 
The Community Reinvestment Act of 1977, or the CRA, requires depository institutions to assist in meeting the credit needs of their market areas consistent with safe and sound banking practices. Under the CRA, each depository institution is required to help meet the credit needs of its market areas by, among other things, providing credit to low- and moderate-income individuals and communities. Depository institutions are periodically examined for compliance with the CRA and are assigned ratings. In order for a financial holding company to commence any new activity permitted by the BHC Act, or to acquire any company engaged in any new activity permitted by the BHC Act, each insured depository institution subsidiary of the financial holding company must have received a rating of at least “satisfactory” in its most recent examination under the CRA. Furthermore, banking regulators take into account CRA ratings when considering approval of a proposed transaction.
 
Financial Privacy
 
In accordance with the GLB Act, federal banking regulators adopted rules that limit the ability of banks and other financial institutions to disclose non-public information about consumers to nonaffiliated third parties. These limitations require disclosure of privacy policies to consumers and, in some circumstances, allow consumers to prevent disclosure of certain personal information to a nonaffiliated third party. The privacy provisions of the GLB Act affect how consumer information is transmitted through diversified financial companies and conveyed to outside vendors.
 
Anti-Money Laundering Initiatives and the USA Patriot Act
 
A major focus of governmental policy on financial institutions in recent years has been aimed at combating money laundering and terrorist financing. The USA Patriot Act of 2001, or the USA Patriot Act, substantially broadened the scope of United States anti-money laundering laws and regulations by imposing significant new compliance and due diligence obligations, creating new crimes and penalties and expanding the extra-territorial jurisdiction of the United States. The U.S. Treasury has issued a number of regulations that apply various requirements of the USA Patriot Act to financial institutions such as FNBPA. These regulations require financial institutions to maintain appropriate policies, procedures and controls to detect, prevent and report money laundering and terrorist financing and to verify the identity of their customers. Failure of a financial institution to maintain and implement adequate programs to combat money laundering and terrorist financing, or to comply with all of the relevant laws or regulations, could have serious legal and reputational consequences for the institution.


13


Table of Contents

Office of Foreign Assets Control Regulation
 
The United States has instituted economic sanctions which affect transactions with designated foreign countries, nationals and others. These are typically known as the “OFAC rules” because they are administered by the U.S. Treasury Office of Foreign Assets Control (OFAC). The OFAC-administered sanctions target countries in various ways. Generally, however, they contain one or more of the following elements: (i) restrictions on trade with or investment in a sanctioned country, including prohibitions against direct or indirect imports from and exports to a sanctioned country, and prohibitions on “U.S. persons” engaging in financial transactions which relate to investments in, or providing investment-related advice or assistance to, a sanctioned country; and (ii) a blocking of assets in which the government or specially designated nationals of the sanctioned country have an interest, by prohibiting transfers of property subject to U.S. jurisdiction (including property in the possession or control of U.S. persons). Blocked assets (e.g., property and bank deposits) cannot be paid out, withdrawn, set off or transferred in any manner without a license from OFAC. Failure to comply with these sanctions could have serious legal and reputational consequences for the institution.
 
Consumer Protection Statutes and Regulations
 
FNBPA is subject to many federal consumer protection statutes and regulations including the Truth in Lending Act, Truth in Savings Act, Equal Credit Opportunity Act, Fair Housing Act, Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act and Home Mortgage Disclosure Act. Among other things, these acts:
 
  •     require banks to disclose credit terms in meaningful and consistent ways;
  •     prohibit discrimination against an applicant in any consumer or business credit transaction;
  •     prohibit discrimination in housing-related lending activities;
  •     require banks to collect and report applicant and borrower data regarding loans for home purchases or improvement projects;
  •     require lenders to provide borrowers with information regarding the nature and cost of real estate settlements;
  •     prohibit certain lending practices and limit escrow account amounts with respect to real estate transactions; and
  •     prescribe possible penalties for violations of the requirements of consumer protection statutes and regulations.
 
Dividend Restrictions
 
The Corporation’s primary source of funds for cash distributions to its stockholders, and funds used to pay principal and interest on its indebtedness, is dividends received from FNBPA. FNBPA is subject to federal laws and regulations governing its ability to pay dividends to the Corporation. FNBPA is subject to various regulatory policies and requirements relating to the payment of dividends, including requirements to maintain capital above regulatory minimums. Additionally, FNBPA requires prior approval of the OCC for the payment of a dividend if the total of all dividends declared in a calendar year would exceed the total of its net income for the year combined with its retained net income for the two preceding years. The appropriate federal regulatory agency may determine under certain circumstances that the payment of dividends would be an unsafe or unsound practice and prohibit payment thereof. In addition to dividends from FNBPA, other sources of parent company liquidity for the Corporation include cash and short-term investments, as well as dividends and loan repayments from other subsidiaries.
 
In addition, the ability of the Corporation and FNBPA to pay dividends may be affected by the various minimum capital requirements and the capital and non-capital standards established under FDICIA and the terms of the CPP, as described above. The right of the Corporation, its stockholders and its creditors to participate in any distribution of the assets or earnings of the Corporation’s subsidiaries is further subject to the prior claims of creditors of the respective subsidiaries.
 
Source of Strength
 
According to FRB policy, a financial or bank holding company is expected to act as a source of financial strength to each of its subsidiary banks and to commit resources to support each such subsidiary. Consistent with the


14


Table of Contents

“source of strength” policy, the FRB has stated that, as a matter of prudent banking, a bank holding company generally should not maintain a rate of cash dividends unless its net income available to common stockholders has been sufficient to fully fund the dividends and the prospective rate of earnings retention appears to be consistent with the Corporation’s capital needs, asset quality and overall financial condition. This support may be required at times when a bank holding company may not be able to provide such support. Similarly, under the cross-guarantee provisions of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, in the event of a loss suffered or anticipated by the FDIC either as a result of default of a banking subsidiary or related to FDIC assistance provided to a subsidiary in danger of default, the other banks that are members of the FDIC may be assessed for the FDIC’s loss, subject to certain exceptions.
 
In addition, if FNBPA was no longer “well-capitalized” and “well-managed” within the meaning of the BHC Act and FRB rules (which take into consideration capital ratios, examination ratings and other factors), the expedited processing of certain types of FRB applications would not be available to the Corporation. Moreover, examination ratings of “3” or lower, “unsatisfactory” ratings, lower capital ratios below well-capitalized levels, regulatory concerns regarding management, controls, assets, operations or other factors can all potentially result in practical limitations on the ability of a bank or bank holding company to engage in new activities, grow, acquire new businesses, repurchase its stock or pay dividends or continue to conduct existing activities.
 
Securities and Exchange Commission
 
The Corporation is also subject to regulation by the SEC by virtue of the Corporation’s status as a public company and due to the nature of the business activities of certain subsidiaries.
 
The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 contains important requirements for public companies in the area of financial disclosure and corporate governance. In accordance with section 302(a) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, written certifications by the Corporation’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer are required with respect to each of the Corporation’s quarterly and annual reports filed with the SEC. These certifications attest that the applicable report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact. The Corporation also maintains a program designed to comply with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, which includes the identification of significant processes and accounts, documentation of the design of process and entity level controls and testing of the operating effectiveness of key controls. See Item 9A, Controls and Procedures, of this Report for the Corporation’s evaluation of its disclosure controls and procedures.
 
Investment Advisors is registered with the SEC as an investment advisor and, therefore, is subject to the requirements of the Investment Advisors Act of 1940 and the SEC’s regulations thereunder. The principal purpose of the regulations applicable to investment advisors is the protection of investment advisory clients and the securities markets, rather than the protection of creditors and stockholders of investment advisors. The regulations applicable to investment advisors cover all aspects of the investment advisory business, including limitations on the ability of investment advisors to charge performance-based or non-refundable fees to clients, record-keeping, operating, marketing and reporting requirements, disclosure requirements, limitations on principal transactions between an advisor or its affiliates and advisory clients, as well as other anti-fraud prohibitions. The Corporation’s investment advisory subsidiary also may be subject to certain state securities laws and regulations.
 
Additional legislation, changes in or new rules promulgated by the SEC and other federal and state regulatory authorities and self-regulatory organizations or changes in the interpretation or enforcement of existing laws and rules, may directly affect the method of operation and profitability of Investment Advisors. The profitability of Investment Advisors could also be affected by rules and regulations that impact the business and financial communities in general, including changes to the laws governing taxation, antitrust regulation, homeland security and electronic commerce.
 
Under various provisions of the federal and state securities laws, including in particular those applicable to broker-dealers, investment advisors and registered investment companies and their service providers, a determination by a court or regulatory agency that certain violations have occurred at a company or its affiliates can result in a limitation of permitted activities and disqualification to continue to conduct certain activities.


15


Table of Contents

Investment Advisors is also subject to rules and regulations promulgated by the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA), among others. The principal purpose of these regulations is the protection of clients and the securities markets, rather than the protection of stockholders and creditors.
 
Consumer Finance Subsidiary
 
Regency is subject to regulation under Pennsylvania, Tennessee and Ohio state laws that require, among other things, that it maintain licenses in effect for consumer finance operations for each of its offices. Representatives of the Pennsylvania Department of Banking, the Tennessee Department of Financial Institutions and the Ohio Division of Consumer Finance periodically visit Regency’s offices and conduct extensive examinations in order to determine compliance with such laws and regulations. Additionally, the FRB, as “umbrella” regulator of the Corporation pursuant to the GLB Act, may conduct an examination of Regency’s offices or operations. Such examinations include a review of loans and the collateral therefor, as well as a check of the procedures employed for making and collecting loans. Additionally, Regency is subject to certain federal laws that require that certain information relating to credit terms be disclosed to customers and, in certain instances, afford customers the right to rescind transactions.
 
Insurance Agencies
 
FNIA is subject to licensing requirements and extensive regulation under the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania and the various states in which FNIA conducts business. These laws and regulations are primarily for the benefit of policyholders. In all jurisdictions, the applicable laws and regulations are subject to amendment or interpretation by regulatory authorities. Generally, such authorities are vested with relatively broad discretion to grant, renew and revoke licenses and approvals and to implement regulations. Licenses may be denied or revoked for various reasons, including the violation of such regulations or the conviction of certain crimes. Possible sanctions that may be imposed for violation of regulations include the suspension of individual employees, limitations on engaging in a particular business for a specified period of time, revocation of licenses, censures and fines.
 
Penn-Ohio is subject to examination on a triennial basis by the Arizona Department of Insurance. Representatives of the Arizona Department of Insurance periodically determine whether Penn-Ohio has maintained required reserves, established adequate deposits under a reinsurance agreement and complied with reporting requirements under the applicable Arizona statutes.
 
Merchant Banking
 
FNB Capital is subject to regulation and examination by the FRB and is subject to rules and regulations issued by FINRA.
 
Governmental Policies
 
The operations of the Corporation and its subsidiaries are affected not only by general economic conditions, but also by the policies of various regulatory authorities. In particular, the FRB regulates monetary policy and interest rates in order to influence general economic conditions. These policies have a significant influence on overall growth and distribution of loans, investments and deposits and affect interest rates charged on loans or paid for time and savings deposits. FRB monetary policies have had a significant effect on the operating results of all financial institutions in the past and may continue to do so in the future.
 
Available Information
 
The Corporation maintains a website at www.fnbcorporation.com. The Corporation makes available on its website, free of charge, its Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q and Current Reports on Form 8-K (and amendments to any of the foregoing) as soon as practicable after such reports are filed with or furnished to the SEC. These reports are available on the Corporation’s website at www.fnbcorporation.com and are also available to stockholders, free of charge, upon written request to F.N.B. Corporation, Attn: David B. Mogle, Corporate Secretary, One F.N.B. Boulevard, Hermitage, PA


16


Table of Contents

16148. A fee to cover the Corporation’s reproduction costs will be charged for any requested exhibits to these documents. The public may read and copy the materials the Corporation files with the SEC at the SEC’s Public Reference Room, located at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, D.C. 20549. The public may obtain information regarding the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The public may also read and copy the materials the Corporation files with the SEC by visiting the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov. The Corporation’s common stock is traded on the NYSE under the symbol “FNB”. The Corporation filed the certifications of its Chief Executive Officer (CEO) and Chief Financial Officer (CFO) required pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002 with respect to its Annual Report on Form 10-K for 2007 with the SEC as exhibits to that Report and has filed certifications required by Section 302 of that Act with respect to this Annual Report on Form 10-K as exhibits to this Report. The Corporation’s CEO submitted the required annual CEO Certification, without qualification, regarding the NYSE’s corporate governance listing standards to the NYSE within 30 days of the 2008 annual shareholders’ meeting. The Corporation’s Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, the Charters of its Audit, Compensation, Corporate Governance and Nominating Committees and the Corporation’s Corporate Governance Guidelines are available on the Corporation’s website and in printed form upon request.
 
ITEM 1A.      RISK FACTORS
 
As a financial services organization, the Corporation takes on a certain amount of risk in every business decision and activity. For example, every time FNBPA opens an account or approves a loan for a customer, processes a payment, hires a new employee, or implements a new computer system, FNBPA and the Corporation incur a certain amount of risk. As an organization, the Corporation must balance revenue generation and profitability with the risks associated with its business activities. Risk management is not about eliminating risks, but about identifying and accepting risks and then effectively managing them so as to optimize total shareholder value.
 
The Corporation has identified five major categories of risk: credit risk, market risk, liquidity risk, operational risk and compliance risk. Credit risk, market risk and liquidity risk, and the program implemented by management to address these risks, are more fully discussed in the Market Risk section of Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, which is included in Item 7 of this Report. Operational risk arises from inadequate information systems and technology, weak internal control systems or other failed internal processes or systems, human error, fraud or external events. Compliance risk relates to each of the other four major categories of risk listed above, but specifically addresses internal control failures that result in non-compliance with laws, rules, regulations or ethical standards.
 
The key to effective risk management is to be proactive in identifying, measuring, evaluating and monitoring risk on an ongoing basis. Risk management practices support decision-making, improve the success rate for new initiatives, and strengthen the market’s confidence in the Corporation and its affiliates.
 
The Corporation’s risk management process is supported through a governance structure involving its Board of Directors and senior management. The Corporation’s Risk Committee, which is comprised of various members of the Board of Directors, helps insure that business decisions within the organization are executed within the Corporation’s desired risk profile. The Risk Committee has the following key roles:
 
  •     facilitate the identification, assessment and monitoring of risk across the Corporation;
  •     provide support and oversight to the Corporation’s businesses; and
  •     identify and implement risk management best practices, as appropriate.
 
Additionally, FNBPA has a Risk Management Committee comprised of senior management to provide more day-to-day oversight to specific areas of risk with respect to the level of risk and risk management structure. The Risk Management Committee reports on a regular basis to the Corporation’s Risk Committee regarding the enterprise risk profile of the Corporation and other relevant risk management issues. The Corporation’s audit function performs an independent assessment of the internal control environment. Moreover, the Corporation’s audit function plays a critical role in risk management, testing the operation of internal control systems and reporting findings to management and to the Corporation’s Audit Committee. Both the Corporation’s Risk


17


Table of Contents

Committee and FNBPA’s Risk Management Committee regularly assess the Corporation’s enterprise-wide risk profile and provide guidance on actions needed to address key risk issues.
 
The following are the most significant risk factors that affect the Corporation. These risk factors are also discussed further in other parts of this Report.
 
Recent negative developments in the financial services industry and U.S. and global credit markets may adversely impact the Corporation’s results of operations.
 
The recent national and global economic downturn has resulted in unprecedented levels of financial market volatility which may depress the market value of financial institutions, limit access to capital or have a material adverse effect on the financial condition or results of operations of banking companies. In addition, the possible duration and severity of the adverse economic cycle is unknown and may exacerbate the Corporation’s exposure to credit risk. The U.S. Treasury and the FDIC have initiated programs to address economic stabilization, yet the efficacy of these programs in stabilizing the economy and the banking system at large are uncertain. Details as to the Corporation’s future participation in or access to such programs and their subsequent impact on the Corporation also remain uncertain.
 
The competition for deposits has increased significantly due to liquidity concerns at many financial institutions. Stock prices of bank holding companies, like the Corporation, have been negatively affected by the current condition of the financial markets, as has the Corporation’s ability, if needed, to raise capital or borrow in the debt markets compared to recent years. As a result, financial institution regulatory agencies are expected to be very aggressive in responding to concerns and trends regarding lending and funding practices and liquidity standards identified in examinations, including issuing many formal enforcement actions. Negative developments in the financial services industry and the impact of potential new legislation and regulations in response to those developments could negatively impact the Corporation’s business by restricting its operations, including its ability to originate or sell loans or raise additional capital, and could adversely impact the Corporation’s financial performance.
 
Interest rate volatility could significantly harm the Corporation’s business.
 
The Corporation’s results of operations are affected by the monetary and fiscal policies of the federal government and the regulatory policies of governmental authorities. A significant component of the Corporation’s earnings is its net interest income, which is the difference between the income from interest earning assets, such as loans, and the expense of interest bearing liabilities, such as deposits. A change in market interest rates could adversely affect the Corporation’s earnings if market interest rates change such that the interest the Corporation pays on deposits and borrowings increases faster or decreases more slowly than the interest it collects on loans and investments. Consequently, the business of the Corporation, along with that of other financial institutions, generally is sensitive to interest rate fluctuations.
 
The Corporation’s results of operations are significantly affected by the ability of its borrowers to repay their loans.
 
Lending money is an essential part of the banking business. However, borrowers do not always repay their loans. The risk of non-payment is affected by:
 
  •     credit risks of a particular borrower;
  •     changes in economic and industry conditions;
  •     the duration of the loan; and
  •     in the case of a collateralized loan, uncertainties as to the future value of the collateral.
 
Generally, commercial/industrial, construction and commercial real estate loans present a greater risk of non-payment by a borrower than other types of loans. For additional information, see the Lending Activity section of Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, which is included in Item 7 of this Report. In addition, consumer loans typically have shorter terms and lower balances with higher yields compared to real estate mortgage loans, but generally carry higher risks of default. Consumer loan collections are


18


Table of Contents

dependent on the borrower’s continuing financial stability, and thus are more likely to be affected by adverse personal circumstances. Furthermore, the application of various federal and state laws, including bankruptcy and insolvency laws, may limit the amount that can be recovered on these loans.
 
The Corporation’s financial condition and results of operations would be adversely affected if its allowance for loan losses is not sufficient to absorb actual losses.
 
There is no precise method of predicting loan losses. The Corporation can give no assurance that its allowance for loan losses is or will be sufficient to absorb actual loan losses. Excess loan losses could have a material adverse effect on the Corporation’s financial condition and results of operations. The Corporation attempts to maintain an appropriate allowance for loan losses to provide for estimated losses inherent in its loan portfolio as of the reporting date. The Corporation periodically determines the amount of its allowance for loan losses based upon consideration of several quantitative and qualitative factors including, but not limited to, the following:
 
  •     a regular review of the quality, mix and size of the overall loan portfolio;
  •     historical loan loss experience;
  •     evaluation of non-performing loans;
  •     geographic concentration;
  •     assessment of economic conditions and their effects on the Corporation’s existing portfolio; and
  •     the amount and quality of collateral, including guarantees, securing loans.
 
For additional discussion relating to this matter, refer to the Allowance and Provision for Loan Losses section of Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, which is included in Item 7 of this Report.
 
Changes in economic conditions and the composition of the Corporation’s loan portfolio could lead to higher loan charge-offs or an increase in the Corporation’s provision for loan losses and may reduce the Corporation’s net income.
 
Changes in national and regional economic conditions could impact the loan portfolios of the Corporation. For example, an increase in unemployment, a decrease in real estate values or increases in interest rates, as well as other factors, could weaken the economies of the communities the Corporation serves. Weakness in the market areas served by the Corporation could depress its earnings and consequently its financial condition because customers may not want or need the Corporation’s products or services; borrowers may not be able to repay their loans; the value of the collateral securing the Corporation’s loans to borrowers may decline; and the quality of the Corporation’s loan portfolio may decline. Any of the latter three scenarios could require the Corporation to charge-off a higher percentage of its loans and/or increase its provision for loan losses, which would reduce its net income.
 
The Corporation’s continued pace of growth may require it to raise additional capital in the future, but that capital may not be available when it is needed.
 
The Corporation is required by federal and state regulatory authorities to maintain adequate levels of capital to support its operations (see the Government Supervision and Regulation section included in Item 1 of this Report). As a financial holding company, the Corporation seeks to maintain capital sufficient to meet the “well-capitalized” standard set by regulators. The Corporation anticipates that its current capital resources will satisfy its capital requirements for the foreseeable future. The Corporation may at some point, however, need to raise additional capital to support continued growth, whether such growth occurs internally or through acquisitions.
 
The Corporation’s ability to raise additional capital, if needed, will depend on conditions in the capital markets at that time, which are outside of the Corporation’s control, and on its financial performance. Accordingly, there can be no assurance of the Corporation’s ability to expand its operations through internal growth and acquisitions could be materially impaired.


19


Table of Contents

The Corporation may be adversely affected by the downturn in Florida real estate markets.
 
Many Florida real estate markets, including the markets in Orlando, Fort Myers, Sarasota and Tampa, where the Corporation has loan production offices, declined in value throughout 2008 and may continue to undergo further declines. The Corporation operates five commercial loan production offices in the Florida market and is therefore exposed to the weakening real estate conditions in the Florida geographic region. During a period of prolonged general economic downturn in the Florida market, the Corporation may experience a reduction in loan origination activity in that market and further increases in non-performing assets, net charge-offs and provisions for loan losses.
 
Recent developments in the mortgage market have increased the volatility of the Corporation’s stock price and may affect the Corporation’s ability to originate loans as well as the profitability of loans in the Corporation’s pipeline.
 
The mortgage lending industry has experienced a significant increase in delinquencies. The decline in credit quality is most noteworthy among subprime lenders. Generally, the Corporation has not originated residential mortgage loans with FICO credit scores below 620, except for a minimal number of loans that were related to the Corporation’s obligation under the CRA. Recent reports of credit quality, financial solvency and other problems among subprime lenders have increased volatility in the stock market. If the subprime segment continues to have problems in the future and/or credit quality problems spread to other industry segments, including lenders who make reduced documentation loans to prime credit quality borrowers, there could be a prolonged decrease in the demand for the Corporation’s loans in the secondary market, adversely affecting the Corporation’s earnings and negatively impacting the price of the Corporation’s common stock.
 
Loss of members of the Corporation’s executive team could have a negative impact on business.
 
The Corporation’s success is dependent, in part, on the continued service of its executive officers. The loss of the service of one or more of these executive officers could have a negative impact on the Corporation’s business because of their skills, relationships in the banking community and years of industry experience and the difficulty of promptly finding qualified replacement executive officers.
 
The actions of the U.S. Government for the purpose of stabilizing the financial markets, or market response to those actions, may not achieve the intended effect, and the Corporation’s results of operations could be adversely affected.
 
In response to the financial issues affecting the banking system and financial markets and going concern threats to investment banks and other financial institutions, the U.S. Congress recently enacted the EESA. The EESA provides the U.S. Secretary of the Treasury with the authority to establish the TARP to purchase from financial institutions up to $700 billion of residential or commercial mortgages and any securities, obligations or other instruments that are based on or related to such mortgages, that in each case was originated or issued on or before March 14, 2008, as well as any other financial instrument that the U.S. Secretary of the Treasury, after consultation with the Chairman of the FRB, determines the purchase of which is necessary to promote financial market stability. As of the date hereof, the U.S. Treasury has determined not to purchase troubled assets under the program.
 
As part of the EESA, the U.S. Treasury has developed a CPP to purchase up to $250 billion in senior preferred stock from qualifying financial institutions. The CPP was designed to strengthen the capital and liquidity positions of viable institutions and to encourage banks and thrifts to increase lending to creditworthy borrowers. The EESA also increases the insurance coverage of deposit accounts to $250,000 per depositor. In a related action, the FDIC established a TLGP under which the FDIC provides a guarantee for newly-issued senior unsecured debt and non-interest bearing transaction deposit accounts at eligible insured institutions. For non-interest bearing transaction deposit accounts, a 10 basis point annual rate surcharge will be applied to deposit amounts in excess of $250,000. The Corporation has elected to participate in the CPP and has opted to participate in the TLGP.
 
The U.S. Congress or federal banking regulatory agencies could adopt additional regulatory requirements or restrictions in response to the threats to the financial system and such changes may adversely affect the operations


20


Table of Contents

of the Corporation and FNBPA. In addition, the EESA may not have the intended beneficial impact on the financial markets or the banking industry. To the extent the market does not respond favorably to the TARP or the program does not function as intended, the Corporation’s prospects and results of operations could be adversely affected.
 
Because of the Corporation’s participation in U.S. Treasury’s CPP, the Corporation is subject to several restrictions including restrictions on its ability to declare or pay dividends and repurchase its shares as well as restrictions on its executive compensation.
 
Pursuant to the terms of the Securities Purchase Agreement with the U.S. Treasury, the Corporation’s ability to declare or pay dividends on any of its shares is limited. Specifically, the Corporation is unable to declare dividend payments on common, junior preferred or pari passu preferred shares if it is in arrears on the dividends on the Series C preferred stock. Further, without U.S. Treasury approval, the Corporation is not permitted to increase the quarterly rate of dividends on its common stock to more than $0.24 per share until the third anniversary of the investment unless all of the Series C preferred stock has been redeemed or transferred by U.S. Treasury. In addition, the Corporation’s ability to repurchase its shares is restricted. The consent of the U.S. Treasury generally is required for the Corporation to make any stock repurchase until the third anniversary of the investment by U.S. Treasury unless all of the Series C preferred stock has been redeemed or transferred by U.S. Treasury to a third party. Further, common, junior preferred or pari passu preferred shares may not be repurchased if the Corporation is in arrears on the Series C preferred stock dividends.
 
In addition, pursuant to the terms of the Securities Purchase Agreement, the Corporation adopted the U.S. Treasury’s standards for executive compensation and corporate governance for the period during which the U.S. Treasury holds the equity issued pursuant to the Securities Purchase Agreement, including the common stock which may be issued pursuant to the warrant. These standards generally apply to the Corporation’s CEO, CFO and the three next most highly compensated senior executive officers. The standards include (1) ensuring that incentive compensation for senior executives does not encourage unnecessary and excessive risks that threaten the value of the financial institution; (2) required clawback of any bonus or incentive compensation paid to a senior executive based on statements of earnings, gains or other criteria that are later proven to be materially inaccurate; (3) prohibition on making golden parachute payments to senior executives; and (4) agreement not to deduct for tax purposes executive compensation in excess of $500,000 for each senior executive. In particular, the change to the deductibility limit on executive compensation may increase the overall cost of the Corporation’s compensation programs in future periods.
 
The executive compensation and corporate governance restrictions will apply so long as the U.S. Treasury owns any of the Corporation’s debt or equity securities acquired in connection with the transactions described herein, including the Series C preferred stock, the warrant or any shares of the Corporation’s common stock issued upon exercise of the warrant. Accordingly, the Corporation could be subject to these restrictions for an indefinite period of time. Further, the Securities Purchase Agreement and all related documents may be amended unilaterally by the U.S. Treasury to the extent required to comply with any changes to the applicable federal statutes. Any such amendments may provide for additional executive compensation and corporate governance standards or modify the existing standards set forth above.
 
The Corporation’s status as a holding company makes it dependent on dividends from its subsidiaries to meet its financial obligations and pay dividends to shareholders.
 
The Corporation is a holding company and conducts almost all of its operations through its subsidiaries. The Corporation does not have any significant assets other than the stock of its subsidiaries. Accordingly, the Corporation depends on dividends from its subsidiaries to meet its financial obligations and to pay dividends to shareholders. The Corporation’s right to participate in any distribution of earnings or assets of its subsidiaries is subject to the prior claims of creditors of such subsidiaries. Under federal law, FNBPA is limited in the amount of dividends it may pay to the Corporation without prior regulatory approval. Also, bank regulators have the authority to prohibit FNBPA from paying dividends if the bank regulators determine FNBPA is in an unsound or unsafe condition or that the payment would be an unsafe and unsound banking practice. As a participant in the CPP, the Corporation may not pay dividends except as permitted by the Securities Purchase Agreement and the other operative documents evidencing the investment of the U.S. Treasury in the Corporation.


21


Table of Contents

The Corporation’s financial condition may be adversely affected if it is unable to attract sufficient deposits to fund its anticipated loan growth.
 
The Corporation funds its loan growth primarily through deposits. To the extent that the Corporation is unable to attract and maintain sufficient levels of deposits to fund its loan growth, the Corporation would be required to raise additional funds through public or private financings. The Corporation can give no assurance that it would be able to obtain these funds on terms that are favorable to the Corporation.
 
The Corporation’s results of operations may be adversely affected if asset valuations cause other-than-temporary impairment or goodwill impairment charges.
 
The Corporation may be required to record future impairment charges on its investment securities if they suffer declines in value that are considered other-than-temporary. Numerous factors, including lack of liquidity for re-sales of certain investment securities, absence of reliable pricing information for investment securities, adverse changes in business climate, adverse actions by regulators, or unanticipated changes in the competitive environment could have a negative effect on the Corporation’s investment portfolio in future periods. If an impairment charge is significant enough it could affect the ability of FNBPA to upstream dividends to the Corporation, which could have a material adverse effect on the Corporation’s liquidity and its ability to pay dividends to shareholders and could also negatively impact its regulatory capital ratios and result in FNBPA not being classified as “well-capitalized” for regulatory purposes.
 
The Corporation’s controls and procedures may fail or be circumvented.
 
Management regularly reviews and updates the Corporation’s internal controls, disclosure controls and procedures, and corporate governance policies and procedures. However, any system of controls, even those well designed and operated, is based in part on certain assumptions and can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurances that the objectives of the system are met. Any failure or circumvention of the Corporation’s controls and procedures or failure to comply with regulations related to controls and procedures could have a material adverse effect on the Corporation’s business, results of operations and financial condition.
 
The Corporation could experience significant difficulties and complications in connection with its growth and acquisition strategy.
 
The Corporation has grown significantly through acquisitions over the last few years and may seek to continue to grow by acquiring financial institutions and branches as well as non-depository entities engaged in permissible activities for its financial institution subsidiaries. However, the market for acquisitions is highly competitive. The Corporation may not be as successful in the future as it has been in the past in identifying financial institution and branch acquisition candidates, integrating acquired institutions or preventing deposit erosion at acquired institutions or branches.
 
As part of its acquisition strategy, the Corporation may acquire additional banks and non-bank entities that it believes provide a strategic fit with its business. To the extent that the Corporation is successful with this strategy, there can be no assurance that the Corporation will be able to manage this growth adequately and profitably. For example, acquiring any bank or non-bank entity will involve risks commonly associated with acquisitions, including:
 
  •     potential exposure to unknown or contingent liabilities of banks and non-bank entities the Corporation acquires;
  •     exposure to potential asset quality issues of acquired banks and non-bank entities;
  •     potential disruption to the Corporation’s business;
  •     potential diversion of the time and attention of the Corporation’s management; and
  •     the possible loss of key employees and customers of the banks and other businesses the Corporation acquires.
 
In addition to acquisitions, FNBPA may expand into additional communities or attempt to strengthen its position in its current markets by undertaking additional de novo branch openings or establishing additional loan


22


Table of Contents

production offices. Based on experience, the Corporation believes that it generally takes up to three years for new banking facilities to achieve operational profitability due to the impact of organizational and overhead expenses and the start-up phase of generating loans and deposits. To the extent that FNBPA undertakes additional de novo branch openings or establishes additional loan production offices, FNBPA is likely to continue to experience the effects of higher operating expenses relative to operating income from the new banking facilities, which may have an adverse effect on the Corporation’s net income, earnings per share, return on average equity and return on average assets.
 
The Corporation may encounter unforeseen expenses, as well as difficulties and complications in integrating expanded operations and new employees without disruption to its overall operations. Following each acquisition, the Corporation must expend substantial resources to integrate the entities. The integration of non-banking entities often involves combining different industry cultures and business methodologies. The failure to integrate successfully the entities the Corporation acquires into its existing operations may adversely affect its results of operations and financial condition.
 
The Corporation could be adversely affected by changes in the law, especially changes in the regulation of the banking industry.
 
The Corporation and its subsidiaries operate in a highly regulated environment and are subject to supervision and regulation by several governmental agencies, including the FRB, the OCC and the FDIC. Regulations are generally intended to provide protection for depositors, borrowers and other customers rather than for investors. The Corporation is subject to changes in federal and state law, regulations, governmental policies, tax laws and accounting principles. Changes in regulations or the regulatory environment could adversely affect the banking and financial services industry as a whole and could limit the Corporation’s growth and the return to investors by restricting such activities as:
 
  •     the payment of dividends;
  •     mergers with or acquisitions of other institutions;
  •     investments;
  •     loans and interest rates;
  •     fees assessed for consumer deposit accounts;
  •     the provision of securities, insurance or trust services; and
  •     the types of non-deposit activities in which the Corporation’s financial institution subsidiaries may engage.
 
In addition, legislation may change present capital and other regulatory requirements, which could restrict the Corporation’s activities and require the Corporation to raise additional capital. Further, the Securities Purchase Agreement and all related documents that the Corporation entered into in connection with the CPP may be amended unilaterally by the U.S. Treasury to the extent required to comply with any changes to the applicable federal statutes. Any such amendment may impose additional restrictions or obligations on the Corporation.
 
The Corporation’s results of operations could be adversely affected due to significant competition.
 
The Corporation faces substantial competition in all areas of its operations from a variety of different competitors. The Corporation may not be able to compete effectively in its markets, which could adversely affect the Corporation’s results of operations. The banking and financial services industry in each of the Corporation’s market areas is highly competitive. The competitive environment is a result of:
 
  •     changes in regulation;
  •     changes in technology and product delivery systems;
  •     the accelerated pace of consolidation among financial services providers; and
  •     the current state of the banking industry.
 
The Corporation competes for loans, deposits and customers with various bank and non-bank financial service providers, many of which are larger in terms of total assets and capitalization, have greater access to the capital markets and offer a broader array of financial services than the Corporation. Competition with such


23


Table of Contents

institutions may cause the Corporation to increase its deposit rates or decrease its interest rate spread on loans it originates.
 
Adverse economic conditions in the Corporation’s market area may adversely impact its results of operations and financial condition.
 
The substantial portion of the Corporation’s historical business is concentrated in western Pennsylvania and eastern Ohio, which over recent years has become a slower growth market than other areas of the United States. As a result, FNBPA’s loan portfolio and results of operations may be adversely affected by factors that have a significant impact on the economic conditions in this market area. The local economies of this market area have historically been less robust than the economy of the nation as a whole and may not be subject to the same fluctuations as the national economy. Adverse economic conditions in this market area, including the loss of certain significant employers, could reduce its growth rate, affect its borrowers’ ability to repay their loans and generally affect the Corporation’s financial condition and results of operations. Furthermore, a downturn in real estate values in FNBPA’s market area could cause many of its loans to become inadequately collateralized.
 
Recent negative developments in the financial industry and the domestic and international credit markets may adversely affect the Corporation’s operations and stock price.
 
Negative developments in the latter half of 2007 and 2008 in the subprime mortgage market and the securitization markets for such loans have resulted in uncertainty in the financial markets in general with the expectation of the general economic downturn continuing well into 2009. As a result of this “credit crunch,” commercial as well as consumer loan portfolio performances have deteriorated at many institutions and the competition for deposits and quality loans has increased significantly. In addition, the values of real estate collateral supporting many commercial loans and home mortgages have declined and may continue to decline. Bank and bank holding company stock prices have been negatively affected, and the ability of banks and bank holding companies to raise capital or borrow in the debt markets has become more difficult compared to recent years. As a result, there is a potential for new federal or state laws and regulations regarding lending and funding practices and liquidity standards, and bank regulatory agencies are expected to be very aggressive in responding to concerns and trends identified in developments in the financial industry and the domestic and international credit markets, and the impact of new legislation in response to those developments, may negatively impact the Corporation’s operations by restricting its business operations, including its ability to originate or sell loans, and adversely impact the Corporation’s financial performance or stock price.
 
The Corporation’s deposit insurance premiums could be substantially higher in the future which would have an adverse effect on the Corporation’s future earnings.
 
The FDIC insures deposits at FDIC-insured financial institutions, including FNBPA. The FDIC charges the insured financial institutions premiums to maintain the Deposit Insurance Fund at a certain level. Current economic conditions have increased bank failures and expectations for further failures, in which case the FDIC would pay all deposits of a failed bank up to the insured amount from the Deposit Insurance Fund. In December 2008, the FDIC adopted a rule that would increase premiums paid by insured institutions and make other changes to the assessment system. Increases in deposit insurance premiums could adversely affect the Corporation’s net income.
 
Concern of customers over deposit insurance may cause a decrease in deposits at the Corporation.
 
With recent increased concerns about bank failures, customers increasingly are concerned about the extent to which their deposits are insured by the FDIC. Customers may withdraw deposits in an effort to ensure that the amount they have on deposit with the Corporation is fully insured. Decreases in deposits may adversely affect the Corporation’s funding costs and net income.


24


Table of Contents

The Corporation’s information systems may experience an interruption or breach in security.
 
The Corporation relies heavily on communications and information systems to conduct its business. Any failure, interruption or breach in security of these systems could result in failures or disruptions in the Corporation’s customer relationship management, general ledger, deposit, loan and other systems. Although the Corporation has policies and procedures designed to prevent or limit the effect of the failure, interruption or security breach of these information systems, there can be no assurance that any such failures, interruptions or security breaches will not occur or, if they do occur, that they will be adequately addressed. The occurrence of any failures, interruptions or security breaches of the Corporation’s information systems could damage its reputation, result in a loss of customer business, subject it to additional regulatory scrutiny, or expose it to civil litigation and possible financial liability, any of which could have a material adverse effect on the Corporation’s financial condition and results of operations.
 
The Corporation’s business and financial performance could be adversely affected, directly or indirectly, by natural disasters, terrorist activities or international hostilities.
 
The likelihood or impact of natural disasters, terrorist activities, pandemics and international hostilities cannot be predicted. However, an event resulting from any of these threats could impact the Corporation directly (for example, by causing significant damage to its facilities or preventing it from conducting its business in the ordinary course), or could impact the Corporation indirectly through a direct impact on its borrowers, depositors, other customers, suppliers or other counterparties. The Corporation also could suffer adverse consequences to the extent that natural disasters, terrorist activities or international hostilities affect the economy and financial and capital markets generally. These types of impacts could lead, for example, to an increase in delinquencies, bankruptcies or defaults that could result in the Corporation experiencing higher levels of non-performing assets, net charge-offs and provisions for loan losses.
 
The Corporation’s ability to mitigate the adverse consequences of such occurrences is, in part, dependent on the quality of its contingency planning, including its ability to anticipate the nature of any such event that occurs. The adverse impact of natural disasters or terrorist activities also could be increased to the extent that there is a lack of preparedness on the part of national or regional emergency responders or on the part of other organizations and businesses with which the Corporation deals, particularly those on which it depends.
 
Certain provisions of the Corporation’s Articles of Incorporation and By-laws and Florida law may discourage takeovers.
 
The Corporation’s Articles of Incorporation and By-laws contain certain anti-takeover provisions that may discourage or may make more difficult or expensive a tender offer, change in control or takeover attempt that is opposed by the Corporation’s Board of Directors. In particular, the Corporation’s Articles of Incorporation and By-laws:
 
  •     currently classify its Board of Directors into three classes, so that stockholders elect only one-third of its Board of Directors each year (provided, however, that this classified structure will be phased out by 2011);
  •     permit stockholders to remove directors only for cause;
  •     do not permit stockholders to take action except at an annual or special meeting of stockholders;
  •     require stockholders to give the Corporation advance notice to nominate candidates for election to its Board of Directors or to make stockholder proposals at a stockholders’ meeting;
  •     permit the Corporation’s Board of Directors to issue, without stockholder approval unless otherwise required by law, preferred stock with such terms as its Board of Directors may determine;
  •     require the vote of the holders of at least 75% of the Corporation’s voting shares for stockholder amendments to its By-laws;
 
Under Florida law, the approval of a business combination with a stockholder owning 10% or more of the voting shares of a corporation requires the vote of holders of at least two-thirds of the voting shares not owned by such stockholder, unless the transaction is approved by a majority of the corporation’s disinterested directors. In addition, Florida law generally provides that shares of a corporation that are acquired in excess of certain specified


25


Table of Contents

thresholds will not possess any voting rights unless the voting rights are approved by a majority of the corporation’s disinterested stockholders.
 
These provisions of the Corporation’s Articles of Incorporation and By-laws and of Florida law could discourage potential acquisition proposals and could delay or prevent a change in control, even though a majority of the Corporation’s stockholders may consider such proposals desirable. Such provisions could also make it more difficult for third parties to remove and replace members of the Corporation’s Board of Directors. Moreover, these provisions could diminish the opportunities for stockholders to participate in certain tender offers, including tender offers at prices above the then-current market price of the Corporation’s common stock, and may also inhibit increases in the trading price of the Corporation’s common stock that could result from takeover attempts.
 
The Corporation may not be able to continue to attract and retain skilled people.
 
The Corporation’s success depends, in large part, on its ability to continue to attract and retain key people. Competition for the best people in most activities engaged in by the Corporation can be intense and the Corporation may not be able to hire people or to retain them. The unexpected loss of services of one or more of the Corporation’s key personnel could have a material adverse impact on the Corporation’s business because of their skills, knowledge of the Corporation’s market, years of industry experience and the difficulty of promptly finding qualified replacement personnel.
 
The Corporation is exposed to risk of environmental liabilities with respect to properties to which it takes title.
 
Portions of the Corporation’s loan portfolio are secured by real property. In the course of its business, the Corporation may own or foreclose and take title to real estate, and could be subject to environmental liabilities with respect to these properties. The Corporation may be held liable to a governmental entity or to third parties for property damage, personal injury, investigation and clean-up costs incurred by these parties in connection with environmental contamination, or may be required to investigate or clean up hazardous or toxic substances, or chemical releases at a property. The costs associated with investigation or remediation activities could be substantial. In addition, as the owner or former owner of a contaminated site, the Corporation may be subject to common law claims by third parties based on damages and costs resulting from environmental contamination emanating from the property. If the Corporation ever becomes subject to significant environmental liabilities, the Corporation’s business, financial condition, liquidity and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.
 
If the Corporation is unable to redeem the Series C preferred stock after five years, its cost of capital will increase substantially.
 
If the Corporation is unable to redeem the Series C preferred stock prior to January 9, 2014, the cost of this capital will increase substantially on that date, from 5% per annum to 9% per annum. Depending on the Corporation’s financial condition at the time, this increase in the annual dividend rate on the Series C preferred stock could have a material negative effect on its liquidity.
 
The Securities Purchase Agreement between the Corporation and the U.S. Treasury limits the Corporation’s ability to pay dividends on and repurchase its common stock.
 
The Purchase Agreement between the Corporation and the U.S. Treasury provides that prior to the earlier of (i) January 9, 2012 and (ii) the date on which all of the shares of the Series C preferred stock have been redeemed by the Corporation or transferred by the U.S. Treasury to third parties, the Corporation may not, without the consent of the U.S. Treasury, (a) increase the quarterly rate of cash dividends on its common stock to more than $0.24 per share or (b) subject to limited exceptions, redeem, repurchase or otherwise acquire shares of its common stock or preferred stock other than the Series C preferred stock or trust preferred securities. In addition, the Corporation is unable to pay any dividends on its common stock unless it is current in its dividend payments on the Series C preferred stock. These restrictions could have a negative effect on the value of the Corporation’s common stock. Moreover, holders of the Corporation’s common stock are entitled to receive dividends only when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors. Although the Corporation has historically paid cash dividends on its common


26


Table of Contents

stock, it is not required to do so and its Board of Directors could reduce or eliminate its common stock dividend in the future.
 
The Series C preferred stock reduces the net income available to the Corporation’s common stockholders and earnings per common share, and the warrant the Corporation issued to the U.S. Treasury may be dilutive to holders of the Corporation’s common stock.
 
The dividends declared and the accretion of discount on the Series C preferred stock will reduce the net income available to common stockholders and the Corporation’s earnings per common share. Additionally, the ownership interest of the existing holders of the Corporation’s common stock will be diluted to the extent the warrant is exercised. The shares of common stock underlying the warrant represent approximately 1.5% of the shares of the Corporation’s common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2008. Although the U.S. Treasury has agreed not to vote any of the shares of common stock it receives upon exercise of the warrant, a transferee of any portion of the warrant or of any shares of common stock acquired upon exercise of the warrant is not bound by this restriction.
 
ITEM 1B.      UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
 
NONE.
 
ITEM 2.      PROPERTIES
 
The Corporation owns a six-story building in Hermitage, Pennsylvania that serves as its headquarters, executive and administrative offices. It shares this facility with Community Banking and Wealth Management.
 
The Community Banking offices are located in 24 counties in Pennsylvania and 4 counties in Ohio. Community Banking also has commercial loan production offices located in 5 counties in Florida and one county in Pennsylvania and a mortgage loan production office located in one county in Tennessee. Wealth Management operates in existing Community Banking offices. The Consumer Finance offices are located in 17 counties in Pennsylvania, 16 counties in Tennessee and 13 counties in Ohio. The Insurance offices are located in 6 counties in Pennsylvania. At December 31, 2008, the Corporation’s subsidiaries owned 169 of the Corporation’s properties and leased 126 properties under operating leases expiring at various dates through the year 2046. For additional information regarding the lease commitments, see the Premises and Equipment footnote in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, which is included in Item 8 of this Report.
 
ITEM 3.      LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
 
The Corporation and its subsidiaries are involved in various pending and threatened legal proceedings in which claims for monetary damages and other relief are asserted. These actions include claims brought against the Corporation and its subsidiaries where the Corporation acted as one or more of the following: a depository bank, lender, underwriter, fiduciary, financial advisor, broker or was engaged in other business activities. Although the ultimate outcome for any asserted claim cannot be predicted with certainty, the Corporation believes that it and its subsidiaries have valid defenses for all asserted claims. Reserves are established for legal claims when losses associated with the claims are judged to be probable and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated.
 
Based on information currently available, advice of counsel, available insurance coverage and established reserves, the Corporation does not anticipate, at the present time, that the aggregate liability, if any, arising out of such legal proceedings will have a material adverse effect on the Corporation’s consolidated financial position. However, the Corporation cannot determine whether or not any claims asserted against it will have a material adverse effect on its consolidated results of operations in any future reporting period. It is possible, in the event of unexpected future developments, that the ultimate resolution of these matters, if unfavorable, may have a material adverse effect on the Corporation’s consolidated results of operations for a particular period.
 
ITEM 4.      SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS
 
NONE.


27


Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT
 
The name, age, position with the Corporation and principal occupation for the last five years of each of the executive officers of the Corporation as of December 31, 2008 is set forth below:
 
             
Name   Age   Position with the Corporation and Prior Occupations in Previous Five Years
 
Stephen J. Gurgovits
    65     Chairman of the Corporation since January 1, 2008; Acting CEO and President of the Corporation since February 11, 2009; CEO of the Corporation from January 2004 to April 2008; President of the Corporation from January 2004 to January 2008; Vice Chairman of the Corporation from 1998 to 2003; Chairman of FNBPA since 2004; President and CEO of FNBPA from 1988 to 2004.
Robert V. New, Jr. 
    57     CEO of the Corporation from April 2008 to February 11, 2009; President of the Corporation from January 2008 to February 11, 2009; President and CEO of Green Bank, Houston, Texas, from 2006 to 2008; President and CEO of New Consulting Group, Inc. (financial institution consultant) from 2005 to 2007; Executive Vice President of Hibernia National Bank, New Orleans, Louisiana, from 2004 to 2005; Chief Banking Officer of Coastal Banc, Houston, Texas, from 2001 to 2004.
Vincent J. Calabrese
    46     Corporate Controller of the Corporation since 2007; Senior Vice President, Controller and Chief Accounting Officer of Peoples Bank, Connecticut, from 2003 to 2007.
Vincent J. Delie
    44     Senior Executive Vice President of FNBPA since June 2008; Regional President and CEO of FNBPA from October 2005 to June 2008; Executive Vice President and Division Manager of Banking, for National City Bank from December 2003 to October 2005.
Scott D. Free
    45     Treasurer of the Corporation since 2005; Chief Financial Officer of FNBPA from 2007 to April 2008; Treasurer and Senior Vice President of FNBPA since 2005; Senior Vice President of First Merit Corporation, Ohio from 1994 to 2004.
Gary L. Guerrieri
    48     Executive Vice President and Chief Credit Officer of FNBPA since June 2008; Chief Credit Officer of FNBPA from 2002 to June 2008.
Brian F. Lilly
    50     CFO of the Corporation since January 2004; Chief Administrative Officer of FNBPA since 2003; CFO of Billingzone, LLC, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania, from 2000 to 2003.
Louise C. Lowrey
    55     Executive Vice President of FNBPA since January 2005; Senior Vice President of FNBPA from January 2004 to January 2005.
David B. Mogle
    58     Corporate Secretary of the Corporation since 1994; Treasurer of the Corporation from 1986 to 2004; Secretary and Senior Vice President of FNBPA since 1994; Treasurer of FNBPA from 1999 to 2004.
James G. Orie
    50     Chief Legal Officer of the Corporation since 2004; Senior Vice President of FNBPA since 2003.
 
There are no family relationships among any of the above executive officers, and there is no arrangement or understanding between any of the above executive officers and any other person pursuant to which he was selected as an officer. The executive officers are elected by and serve at the pleasure of the Corporation’s Board of Directors.
 
As previously disclosed in the Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 11, 2009, the Board of Directors of the Corporation appointed Stephen J. Gurgovits, who served as President and Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation from 2004 to 2008, to serve in those positions on an interim basis following the resignation of Robert V. New, Jr. as President, Chief Executive Officer and a Director of the Corporation.


28


Table of Contents

 
PART II.
 
ITEM 5.      MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES
 
The Corporation’s common stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) under the symbol “FNB.” The accompanying table shows the range of high and low sales prices per share of the common stock as reported by the NYSE for 2008 and 2007. The table also shows dividends per share paid on the outstanding common stock during those periods. As of January 31, 2009, there were 12,664 holders of record of the Corporation’s common stock.
 
                         
    Low     High     Dividends  
 
Quarter Ended 2008
                       
March 31
  $ 12.52     $ 16.50     $ 0.240  
June 30
    11.74       16.99       0.240  
September 30
    9.30       20.70       0.240  
December 31
    9.59       16.68       0.240  
Quarter Ended 2007
                       
March 31
  $ 16.21     $ 18.79     $ 0.235  
June 30
    16.41       17.91       0.235  
September 30
    14.05       18.24       0.240  
December 31
    13.85       17.92       0.240  
 
The information required by this Item 5 with respect to securities authorized for issuance under equity compensation plans is set forth in Part III, Item 12 of this Report.
 
The Corporation did not purchase any of its own equity securities during the fourth quarter of 2008.
 
The Corporation’s ability to make future payments of dividends on its common stock may be materially limited by the provisions of the Securities Purchase Agreement and the operative documents that the Corporation entered into in connection with the CPP. See Item 1A, Risk Factors, for additional information.


29


Table of Contents

STOCK PERFORMANCE GRAPH
 
Comparison of Total Return on F.N.B. Corporation’s Common Stock with Certain Averages
 
The following five-year performance graph compares the cumulative total shareholder return (assuming reinvestment of dividends) on the Corporation’s common stock (u) to the NASDAQ Bank Index (n) and the Russell 2000 Index (5). This stock performance graph assumes $100 was invested on December 31, 2003, and the cumulative return is measured as of each subsequent fiscal year end.
 
F.N.B. Corporation Five-Year Stock Performance
Total Return, Including Stock and Cash Dividends
 
Performance Graph


30


Table of Contents

ITEM 6.      SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
Dollars in thousands, except per share data
 
                                         
Year Ended December 31   2008     2007     2006     2005     2004  
 
Total interest income
  $ 409,781     $ 368,890     $ 342,422     $ 295,480     $ 253,568  
Total interest expense
    157,989       174,053       153,585       108,780       84,390  
Net interest income
    251,792       194,837       188,837       186,700       169,178  
Provision for loan losses
    72,371       12,693       10,412       12,176       16,280  
Total non-interest income
    86,115       81,609       79,275       57,807       77,326  
Total non-interest expense
    222,704       165,614       160,514       155,226       140,892  
Net income
    35,595       69,678       67,649       55,258       61,795  
                                         
At Year-End
                                       
Total assets
  $ 8,364,811     $ 6,088,021     $ 6,007,592     $ 5,590,326     $ 5,027,009  
Net loans
    5,715,650       4,291,429       4,200,569       3,698,340       3,338,994  
Deposits
    6,054,623       4,397,684       4,372,842       4,011,943       3,598,087  
Short-term borrowings
    596,263       449,823       363,910       378,978       395,106  
Long-term and junior subordinated debt
    695,636       632,397       670,921       662,569       636,209  
Total stockholders’ equity
    925,984       544,357       537,372       477,202       324,102  
                                         
Per Common Share
                                       
Earnings per share
                                       
Basic
  $ 0.44     $ 1.16     $ 1.15     $ 0.99     $ 1.31  
Diluted
    0.44       1.15       1.14       0.98       1.29  
Cash dividends declared
    0.96       0.95       0.94       0.92 5     0.92  
Book value
    10.32       8.99       8.90       8.31       6.47  
                                         
Ratios
                                       
Return on average assets
    0.46 %     1.15 %     1.15 %     .99 %     1.29 %
Return on average tangible assets
    0.55       1.25       1.25       1.07       1.34  
Return on average equity
    4.20       12.89       13.15       12.44       23.54  
Return on average tangible equity
    10.63       26.23       26.30       23.62       30.42  
Dividend payout ratio
    219.91       82.45       81.84       94.71       72.56  
Average equity to average assets
    11.01       8.93       8.73       7.97       5.50  


31


Table of Contents

QUARTERLY EARNINGS SUMMARY (Unaudited)
Dollars in thousands, except per share data
 
                                 
Quarter Ended 2008   Mar. 31     June 30     Sept. 30     Dec. 31  
 
Total interest income
    $88,525       $105,297       $108,801       $107,158  
Total interest expense
    39,560       39,740       39,896       38,793  
Net interest income
    48,965       65,557       68,905       68,365  
Provision for loan losses
    3,583       10,976       6,514       51,298  
Gain on sale of securities
    754       41       33       6  
Impairment loss on securities
    (10 )     (456 )     (24 )     (16,699 )
Other non-interest income
    21,424       27,871       28,224       24,951  
Total non-interest expense
    44,363       62,014       57,911       58,416  
Net income
    16,491       14,505       23,505       (18,906 )
                                 
Per Common Share
                               
Basic earnings (loss) per share
    $0.27       $0.17       $0.27       $(0.21 )
Diluted earnings (loss) per share
    0.27       0.17       0.27       (0.21 )
Cash dividends declared
    0.24       0.24       0.24       0.24  
 
                                 
Quarter Ended 2007   Mar. 31     June 30     Sept. 30     Dec. 31  
 
Total interest income
    $90,487       $91,620       $93,949       $92,834  
Total interest expense
    42,567       43,271       44,791       43,424  
Net interest income
    47,920       48,349       49,158       49,410  
Provision for loan losses
    1,847       1,838       3,776       5,232  
Gain on sale of securities
    740       415              
Impairment loss on securities
          (111 )     (7 )      
Other non-interest income
    20,176       20,071       19,689       20,636  
Total non-interest expense
    41,896       41,822       41,278       40,618  
Net income
    17,370       17,622       17,624       17,062  
                                 
Per Common Share
                               
Basic earnings per share
    $0.29       $0.29       $0.29       $0.28  
Diluted earnings per share
    0.29       0.29       0.29       0.28  
Cash dividends declared
    0.235        0.235        0.24       0.24  


32


Table of Contents

ITEM 7.      MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
Management’s discussion and analysis represents an overview of the consolidated results of operations and financial condition of the Corporation. This discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and notes presented in Item 8 of this Report. Results of operations for the periods included in this review are not necessarily indicative of results to be obtained during any future period.
 
Important Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements
 
Certain statements in this Report are “forward-looking” within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, which statements generally can be identified by the use of forward-looking terminology, such as “may,” “will,” “expect,” “estimate,” “anticipate,” “believe,” “target,” “plan,” “project” or “continue” or the negatives thereof or other variations thereon or similar terminology, and are made on the basis of management’s current plans and analyses of the Corporation, its business and the industry in which it operates as a whole. These forward-looking statements are subject to risks and uncertainties, including, but not limited to, economic conditions, competition, interest rate sensitivity and exposure to regulatory and legislative changes. The above factors in some cases have affected, and in the future could affect, the Corporation’s financial performance and could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed in or implied by such forward-looking statements. The Corporation does not undertake to publicly update or revise its forward-looking statements even if experience or future changes make it clear that any projected results expressed or implied therein will not be realized.
 
Application of Critical Accounting Policies
 
The Corporation’s consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Application of these principles requires management to make estimates, assumptions and judgments that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. These estimates, assumptions and judgments are based on information available as of the date of the consolidated financial statements; accordingly, as this information changes, the consolidated financial statements could reflect different estimates, assumptions and judgments. Certain policies inherently are based to a greater extent on estimates, assumptions and judgments of management and, as such, have a greater possibility of producing results that could be materially different than originally reported.
 
The most significant accounting policies followed by the Corporation are presented in the Summary of Significant Accounting Policies footnote in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, which is included in Item 8 of this Report. These policies, along with the disclosures presented in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, provide information on how significant assets and liabilities are valued in the consolidated financial statements and how those values are determined.
 
Management views critical accounting policies to be those which are highly dependent on subjective or complex judgments, estimates and assumptions, and where changes in those estimates and assumptions could have a significant impact on the consolidated financial statements. Management currently views the determination of the allowance for loan losses, securities valuation, goodwill and other intangible assets and income taxes to be critical accounting policies.
 
Allowance for Loan Losses
 
The allowance for loan losses addresses credit losses inherent in the existing loan portfolio and is presented as a reserve against loans on the consolidated balance sheet. Loan losses are charged off against the allowance for loan losses, with recoveries of amounts previously charged off credited to the allowance for loan losses. Provisions for loan losses are charged to operations based on management’s periodic evaluation of the adequacy of the allowance.
 
Estimating the amount of the allowance for loan losses is based to a significant extent on the judgment and estimates of management regarding the amount and timing of expected future cash flows on impaired loans,


33


Table of Contents

estimated losses on pools of homogeneous loans based on historical loss experience and consideration of current economic trends and conditions, all of which may be susceptible to significant change.
 
Management’s assessment of the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses considers individual impaired loans, pools of homogeneous loans with similar risk characteristics and other risk factors concerning the economic environment. The allowance established for individual impaired loans reflects expected losses resulting from analyses developed through specific credit allocations for individual loans. The specific credit allocations are based on regular analyses of all loans over a fixed dollar amount where the internal credit rating is at or below a predetermined classification. These analyses involve a high degree of judgment in estimating the amount of loss associated with specific impaired loans, including estimating the amount and timing of future cash flows, current market value of the loan and collateral values. Independent loan review results are evaluated and considered in estimating reserves as well as other qualitative risk factors that may affect the loan. The evaluation of this component of the allowance requires considerable judgment in order to estimate inherent loss exposures.
 
Pools of homogeneous loans with similar risk characteristics are also assessed for probable losses. A loss migration and historical charge-off analysis is performed quarterly and loss factors are updated regularly based on actual experience. This analysis examines historical loss experience, the related internal ratings of loans charged off and considers inherent but undetected losses within the portfolio. Inherent but undetected losses may arise due to uncertainties in economic conditions, delays in obtaining information, including unfavorable information about a borrower’s financial condition, the difficulty in identifying triggering events that correlate to subsequent loss rates and risk factors that have not yet manifested themselves in loss allocation factors. The Corporation has grown through acquisitions and expanding the geographic footprint in which it operates. As a result, historical loss experience data used to establish loss estimates may not precisely correspond to the current portfolio. Also, loss data representing a complete economic cycle is not available for all sectors. Uncertainty surrounding the strength and timing of economic cycles also affects estimates of loss. The historical loss experience used in the migration and historical charge-off analysis may not be representative of actual unrealized losses inherent in the portfolio.
 
Management also evaluates the impact of various qualitative factors which pose additional risks that may not adequately be addressed in the analyses described above. Such factors could include: levels of, and trends in, consumer bankruptcies, delinquencies, impaired loans, charge-offs and recoveries; trends in volume and terms of loans; effects of any changes in lending policies and procedures, including those for underwriting, collection, charge-off and recovery; experience, ability and depth of lending management and staff; national and local economic trends and conditions; industry and geographic conditions; concentrations of credit such as, but not limited to, local industries, their employees or suppliers; or any other common risk factor that might affect loss experience across one or more components of the portfolio. The determination of this component of the allowance is particularly dependent on the judgment of management.
 
There are many factors affecting the allowance for loan losses; some are quantitative, while others require qualitative judgment. Although management believes its process for determining the allowance adequately considers all of the factors that could potentially result in credit losses, the process includes subjective elements and may be susceptible to significant change. To the extent actual outcomes differ from management estimates, additional provisions for loan losses could be required that could adversely affect the Corporation’s earnings or financial position in future periods.
 
The Allowance and Provision for Loan Losses section of this financial review includes a discussion of the factors driving changes in the allowance for loan losses during the current period.
 
Securities Valuation
 
Investment securities, which consist of debt securities and certain equity securities, comprise a significant portion of the Corporation’s consolidated balance sheet. Such securities can be classified as “Trading,” “Securities Held to Maturity” or “Securities Available for Sale.” As of December 31, 2008 and 2007, the Corporation did not hold any trading securities.


34


Table of Contents

Securities held to maturity are comprised of debt securities, which were purchased with management’s positive intent and ability to hold such securities until their maturity. Such securities are carried at cost, adjusted for related amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts through interest income from securities.
 
Securities that are not classified as trading or held to maturity are classified as available for sale. The Corporation’s available for sale securities portfolio is comprised of debt securities and marketable equity securities. Such securities are carried at fair value with net unrealized gains and losses deemed to be temporary reported separately as a component of other comprehensive income, net of tax. Realized gains and losses on the sale of available for sale securities and other-than-temporary impairment (OTTI) charges are recorded within non-interest income in the consolidated statement of income. Realized gains and losses on the sale of securities are determined using the specific-identification method.
 
The investment securities portfolio is evaluated for OTTI on a quarterly basis. Impairment is assessed at the individual security level. An investment security is considered impaired if the fair value of the security is less than its cost or amortized cost basis.
 
The Corporation’s OTTI evaluation process is performed in a consistent and systematic manner and includes an evaluation of all available evidence. Documentation of the process is extensive as necessary to support a conclusion as to whether a decline in fair value below cost or amortized cost is other-than-temporary and includes documentation supporting both observable and unobservable inputs and a rationale for conclusions reached.
 
This process considers factors such as the severity, length of time and anticipated recovery period of the impairment, recent events specific to the issuer, including investment downgrades by rating agencies and economic conditions of its industry, and the issuer’s financial condition, capital strength and near-term prospects. The Corporation also considers its intent and ability to retain the security for a period of time sufficient to allow for a recovery in fair value, or until maturity. Among the factors that are considered in determining the Corporation’s intent and ability to retain the security is a review of its capital adequacy, interest rate risk position and liquidity.
 
The assessment of a security’s ability to recover any decline in fair value, the ability of the issuer to meet contractual obligations, and the Corporation’s intent and ability to retain the security require considerable judgment.
 
Debt securities with credit ratings below AA at the time of purchase that are repayment-sensitive securities are evaluated using the guidance of Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement (FAS) 115, Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities and the related guidance of Emerging Issues Task Force (EITF) 99-20, Recognition of Interest Income and Impairment on Purchased Beneficial Interests and Beneficial Interests That Continue to Be Held by a Transferor in Securitized Financial Assets, as amended by FASB Staff Position (FSP) EITF 99-20-1. All other securities are required to be evaluated under FAS 115 and related implementation guidance.
 
Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets
 
As a result of acquisitions, the Corporation has acquired goodwill and identifiable intangible assets. Goodwill represents the cost of acquired companies in excess of the fair value of net assets, including identifiable intangible assets, at the acquisition date. The Corporation’s recorded goodwill relates to value inherent in its Community Banking, Wealth Management and Insurance segments.
 
The value of goodwill and other identifiable intangibles is dependent upon the Corporation’s ability to provide quality, cost-effective services in the face of competition. As such, these values are supported ultimately by revenue that is driven by the volume of business transacted. A decline in earnings as a result of a lack of growth or the Corporation’s inability to deliver cost effective services over sustained periods can lead to impairment in value which could result in additional expense and adversely impact earnings in future periods.
 
Other identifiable intangible assets such as core deposit intangibles and customer and renewal lists are amortized over their estimated useful lives.
 
The two-step impairment test is used to identify potential goodwill impairment and measure the amount of impairment loss to be recognized, if any. The first step compares the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying


35


Table of Contents

amount. If the fair value of a reporting unit exceeds its carrying amount, goodwill of the reporting unit is considered not impaired and the second step of the test is not necessary. If the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, the second step is performed to measure impairment loss, if any. Under the second step, the fair value is allocated to all of the assets and liabilities of the reporting unit to determine an implied goodwill value. This allocation is similar to a purchase price allocation performed in purchase accounting. If the implied goodwill value of a reporting unit is less than the carrying amount of that goodwill, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to that excess.
 
Determining fair values of a reporting unit, of its individual assets and liabilities, and also of other identifiable intangible assets requires considering market information that is publicly available as well as the use of significant estimates and assumptions. These estimates and assumptions could have a significant impact on whether or not an impairment charge is recognized and also the magnitude of any such charge. Inputs used in determining fair values where significant estimates and assumptions are necessary include discounted cash flow calculations, market comparisons and recent transactions, projected future cash flows, discount rates reflecting the risk inherent in future cash flows, growth rates and determination and evaluation of appropriate market comparables.
 
The Corporation performed an annual test of goodwill and other intangibles as of September 30, 2008, and concluded that the recorded values were not impaired. Additionally, due to market conditions surrounding the banking industry, the Corporation updated its impairment analysis as of December 31, 2008, and concluded that the recorded values were not impaired.
 
The Corporation’s total goodwill at December 31, 2008 was $528.3 million, of which $509.2 million relates to the Corporation’s Community Banking segment. The estimated fair value of this reporting unit is based on valuation techniques that the Corporation believes market participants would use including peer company price-to-earnings and price-to-book multiples. During the fourth quarter of 2008, the financial services industry and securities markets generally were adversely affected by significant declines in the values of nearly all asset classes. If current economic conditions continue resulting in a prolonged period of economic weakness, the Corporation’s business segments, including the Community Banking segment, may be adversely affected, which may result in impairment of goodwill and other intangibles in the future. As of December 31, 2008, a decline of greater than 15.4% in the estimated fair value of the Community Banking segment may result in recorded goodwill being impaired. Any resulting impairment loss could have a material adverse impact on the Corporation’s financial condition and its results of operations.
 
Income Taxes
 
The Corporation is subject to the income tax laws of the U.S., its states and other jurisdictions where it conducts business. The laws are complex and subject to different interpretations by the taxpayer and various taxing authorities. In determining the provision for income taxes, management must make judgments and estimates about the application of these inherently complex tax statutes, related regulations and case law. In the process of preparing the Corporation’s tax returns, management attempts to make reasonable interpretations of the tax laws. These interpretations are subject to challenge by the taxing authorities based on audit results or to change based on management’s ongoing assessment of the facts and evolving case law.
 
The Corporation establishes a valuation allowance when it is “more likely than not” that the Corporation will not be able to realize a benefit from its deferred tax assets, or when future deductibility is uncertain. Periodically, the valuation allowance is reviewed and adjusted based on management’s assessments of realizable deferred tax assets.
 
On a quarterly basis, management assesses the reasonableness of the Corporation’s effective tax rate based on management’s current best estimate of net income and the applicable taxes for the full year. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are assessed on an annual basis, or sooner, if business events or circumstances warrant.


36


Table of Contents

Recent Accounting Pronouncements and Developments
 
The New Accounting Standards footnote in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, which is included in Item 8 of this Report, discusses new accounting pronouncements adopted by the Corporation in 2008 and the expected impact of accounting pronouncements recently issued or proposed but not yet required to be adopted.
 
Financial Overview
 
The Corporation is a diversified financial services company headquartered in Hermitage, Pennsylvania. Its primary businesses include community banking, consumer finance, wealth management and insurance. The Corporation also conducts leasing and merchant banking activities. The Corporation operates its community banking business through a full service branch network with offices in Pennsylvania and Ohio and loan production offices in Pennsylvania, Ohio, Florida and Tennessee. The Corporation operates its wealth management and insurance businesses within the community banking branch network. It also conducts selected consumer finance business in Pennsylvania, Ohio and Tennessee.
 
On April 1, 2008, the Corporation completed the acquisition of Omega, a diversified financial services company with $1.8 billion in assets, and on August 16, 2008, the Corporation completed the acquisition of IRGB, a bank holding company with $301.7 million in assets. The assets and liabilities of each of these acquired companies were recorded on the Corporation’s balance sheet at their fair values as of each of the acquisition dates, and their results of operations have been included in the Corporation’s consolidated statement of income since then.
 
The economic environment made 2008 another challenging year for the banking industry, particularly in the lending business. The Corporation’s practice of conservative underwriting has helped it to substantially avoid the types of losses from certain loans, such as subprime residential mortgages, which have recently impacted other financial institutions. As a result of the challenging economic environment, the Corporation took decisive action to build its loan loss reserve to address the Florida loan portfolio. Additionally, the Corporation demonstrated its capability to win business in its marketplace by realizing some organic growth in loans, deposits and treasury management accounts in the challenging economic environment.
 
During 2008, the Corporation recorded total impairment charges of $20.6 million. These impairment charges consisted of $16.0 million related to investments in pooled trust preferred securities, $1.2 million related to investments in bank stocks and $3.4 million related to investments made by the Corporation’s merchant banking subsidiary.
 
The Corporation’s investments in pooled trust preferred securities had a cost basis of $40.6 million and a fair value of $17.9 million as of December 31, 2008. This portfolio consists of 13 securities representing interests in various trusts collateralized by debt issued by over 500 financial institutions. Management has concluded that it is probable that there has been an adverse change in estimated cash flows for eight of the 13 securities, which management deemed to be other-than-temporarily impaired in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. This conclusion is based on the trend in new deferrals by the underlying issuing banks and the expectation for additional deferrals and defaults in the future, negative changes in credit ratings, whether the security is currently deferring interest on the tranche that the Corporation owns and expected continued weakness in the U.S. economy. These eight securities were written down to $10.5 million, or 39.6% of the $26.4 million cost basis. After the impairment write-downs, the Corporation held 13 pooled trust preferred securities with an adjusted cost basis of $24.6 million and a fair value of $17.9 million as of December 31, 2008.
 
The $1.2 million OTTI charge for bank stocks relates to securities that have been in an unrealized loss position for between three and 12 months. In accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, management has deemed these impairments to be other than temporary given the low likelihood that they will recover in value in the foreseeable future. At year end, the Corporation held 31 bank stocks with an adjusted cost basis of $3.6 million and a fair value of $3.5 million.
 
The impairment charge for the merchant banking subsidiary primarily relates to two investments, with $2.1 million related to a Florida-based company and $1.0 million related to a company with substantial exposure to


37


Table of Contents

the automobile industry. As of December 31, 2008, the portfolio of investments for the merchant banking subsidiary was $16.1 million with positions in nine companies.
 
Results of Operations
 
Year Ended December 31, 2008 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2007
 
Net income for 2008 was $35.6 million or $0.44 per diluted share, a decrease of $34.1 million or 48.9% from net income for 2007 of $69.7 million or $1.15 per diluted share. The decrease in net income is largely a result of an increase of $59.7 million in the provision for loan losses combined with $20.1 million of non-cash impairment charges relating to certain investments. These items are more fully discussed later in this section.
 
The Corporation’s return on average equity was 4.20%, its return on average tangible equity (net income less amortization of intangibles, net of tax, divided by average equity less average intangibles) was 10.63%, its return on average assets was 0.46% and its return on average tangible assets (net income less amortization of intangibles, net of tax, divided by average assets less average intangibles) was 0.55% for 2008, as compared to 12.89%, 26.23%, 1.15% and 1.25%, respectively, for 2007.


38


Table of Contents

The following table provides information regarding the average balances and yields earned on interest earning assets and the average balances and rates paid on interest bearing liabilities (dollars in thousands):
 
                                                                         
    Year Ended December 31  
    2008     2007     2006  
          Interest
                Interest
                Interest
       
    Average
    Income/
    Yield/
    Average
    Income/
    Yield/
    Average
    Income/
    Yield/
 
Assets   Balance     Expense     Rate     Balance     Expense     Rate     Balance     Expense     Rate  
 
Interest earning assets:
                                                                       
Interest bearing deposits with banks
  $ 4,344     $ 89       2.04 %   $ 1,588     $ 78       4.89 %   $ 1,540     $ 76       4.97 %
Federal funds sold
    14,596       304       2.05       10,429       547       5.17       23,209       1,184       5.03  
Taxable investment securities (1)
    1,038,815       49,775       4.77       874,130       44,188       5.04       965,533       47,424       4.92  
Non-taxable investment securities (1)(2)
    181,957       10,225       5.62       165,406       8,795       5.32       145,858       7,529       5.16  
Loans (2)(3)
    5,410,022       355,426       6.57       4,305,158       319,940       7.43       4,059,936       290,143       7.15  
                                                                         
Total interest earning assets
    6,649,734       415,819       6.25       5,356,711       373,548       6.97       5,196,076       346,356       6.67  
                                                                         
Cash and due from banks
    146,615                       113,314                       116,643                  
Allowance for loan losses
    (67,962 )                     (52,346 )                     (52,757 )                
Premises and equipment
    108,768                       84,106                       85,791                  
Other assets
    859,739                       553,599                       544,172                  
                                                                         
    $ 7,696,894                     $ 6,055,384                     $ 5,889,925                  
                                                                         
Liabilities
                                                                       
Interest bearing liabilities:
                                                                       
Deposits:
                                                                       
Interest bearing demand
  $ 1,849,808       26,307       1.42     $ 1,441,316       36,734       2.55     $ 1,256,829       29,793       2.37  
Savings
    746,570       6,610       0.89       589,298       9,881       1.68       627,522       8,911       1.42  
Certificates and other time
    2,137,555       78,651       3.68       1,744,691       77,661       4.45       1,729,836       67,975       3.93  
Treasury management accounts
    373,200       7,771       2.05       266,726       12,150       4.49       213,045       9,099       4.21  
Other short-term borrowings
    143,154       5,259       3.61       147,439       7,285       4.87       145,064       6,686       4.55  
Long-term debt
    498,262       21,044       4.22       467,047       19,360       4.15       542,208       20,752       3.83  
Junior subordinated debt
    192,060       12,347       6.43       151,031       10,982       7.27       142,286       10,369       7.29  
                                                                         
Total interest bearing liabilities
    5,940,609       157,989       2.66       4,807,548       174,053       3.61       4,656,790       153,585       3.29  
                                                                         
Non-interest bearing demand
    825,083                       634,537                       649,191                  
Other liabilities
    83,785                       72,830                       69,581                  
                                                                         
      6,849,477                       5,514,915                       5,375,562                  
Stockholders’ equity
    847,417                       540,469                       514,363                  
                                                                         
    $ 7,696,894                     $ 6,055,384                     $ 5,889,925                  
                                                                         
Excess of interest earning assets over interest bearing liabilities
  $ 709,125                     $ 549,163                     $ 539,286                  
                                                                         
Net interest income (FTE)
            257,830                       199,495                       192,771          
Tax-equivalent adjustment
            6,037                       4,658                       3,934          
                                                                         
Net interest income
          $ 251,793                     $ 194,837                     $ 188,837          
                                                                         
Net interest spread
                    3.60 %                     3.36 %                     3.38 %
                                                                         
Net interest margin (2)
                    3.88 %                     3.73 %                     3.71 %
                                                                         
 
(1) The average balances and yields earned on securities are based on historical cost.
 
(2) The interest income amounts are reflected on a fully taxable equivalent (FTE) basis which adjusts for the tax benefit of income on certain tax-exempt loans and investments using the federal statutory tax rate of 35.0% for each period presented. The yield on earning assets and the net interest margin are presented on an FTE basis. The Corporation believes this measure to be the preferred industry measurement of net interest income and provides relevant comparison between taxable and non-taxable amounts.
 
(3) Average balances include non-accrual loans. Loans consist of average total loans less average unearned income. The amount of loan fees included in interest income on loans is immaterial.


39


Table of Contents

 
Net Interest Income
 
Net interest income, which is the Corporation’s major source of revenue, is the difference between interest income from earning assets (loans, securities and federal funds sold) and interest expense paid on liabilities (deposits, treasury management accounts and short- and long-term borrowings). In 2008, net interest income, which comprised 74.5% of net revenue (net interest income plus non-interest income) as compared to 70.5% in 2007, was affected by the general level of interest rates, changes in interest rates, the shape of the yield curve and changes in the amount and mix of interest earning assets and interest bearing liabilities.
 
Net interest income, on an FTE basis, increased $58.3 million or 29.2% from $199.5 million for 2007 to $257.8 million for 2008. Average interest earning assets increased $1.3 billion or 24.1% and average interest bearing liabilities increased $1.1 billion or 23.6% from 2007 due to organic loan and deposit growth and the Omega and IRGB acquisitions. The Corporation’s net interest margin increased by 15 basis points from 2007 to 3.88% for 2008 as lower yields on interest earning assets were more than offset by lower rates paid on interest bearing liabilities. Details on changes in tax equivalent net interest income attributed to changes in interest earning assets, interest bearing liabilities, yields and cost of funds can be found in the preceding table.
 
The following table sets forth certain information regarding changes in net interest income attributable to changes in the average volumes and yields earned on interest earning assets and the average volume and rates paid for interest bearing liabilities for the periods indicated (in thousands):
 
                                                 
    2008 vs 2007     2007 vs 2006  
    Volume     Rate     Net     Volume     Rate     Net  
 
Interest Income
                                               
Interest bearing deposits with banks
  $ 76     $ (65 )   $ 11     $ 2     $     $ 2  
Federal funds sold
    167       (410 )     (243 )     (670 )     33       (637 )
Securities
    8,771       (1,754 )     7,017       (3,644 )     1,674       (1,970 )
Loans
    75,991       (40,505 )     35,486       18,652       11,145       29,797  
                                                 
      85,005       (42,734 )     42,271       14,340       12,852       27,192  
                                                 
                                                 
Interest Expense
                                               
Deposits:
                                               
Interest bearing demand
    7,050       (17,477 )     (10,427 )     4,591       2,350       6,941  
Savings
    1,641       (4,912 )     (3,271 )     290       680       970  
Certificates and other time
    15,641       (14,651 )     990       526       9,160       9,686  
Treasury management accounts
    3,754       (8,133 )     (4,379 )     2,414       637       3,051  
Other short-term borrowings
    (179 )     (1,847 )     (2,026 )     176       423       599  
Long-term debt
    1,313       371       1,684       (3,027 )     1,635       (1,392 )
Junior subordinated debt
    2,769       (1,404 )     1,365       636       (23 )     613  
                                                 
      31,989       (48,053 )     (16,064 )     5,606       14,862       20,468  
                                                 
Net Change
  $ 53,016     $ 5,319     $ 58,335     $ 8,734     $ (2,010 )   $ 6,724  
                                                 
 
(1) The amount of change not solely due to rate or volume was allocated between the change due to rate and the change due to volume based on the net size of the rate and volume changes.
 
(2) Interest income amounts are reflected on an FTE basis which adjusts for the tax benefit of income on certain tax-exempt loans and investments using the federal statutory tax rate of 35.0% for each period presented. The Corporation believes this measure to be the preferred industry measurement of net interest income and provides relevant comparison between taxable and non-taxable amounts.


40


Table of Contents

 
Interest income, on an FTE basis, of $415.8 million in 2008 increased by $42.3 million or 11.3% from 2007. Average interest earning assets of $6.6 billion for the 2008 grew $1.3 billion or 24.1% from the same period of 2007 primarily driven by the Omega and IRGB acquisitions which added average loans of $860.8 million and $64.5 million, respectively, in 2008. The Corporation also recognized organic average loan growth of $179.6 million during 2008. The yield on interest earning assets decreased 72 basis points to 6.25% for 2008 reflecting changes in interest rates.
 
Interest expense of $158.0 million for 2008 decreased by $16.1 million or 9.2% from 2007. The rate paid on interest bearing liabilities decreased 95 basis points to 2.66% during 2008 reflecting changes in interest rates and a favorable shift in mix. Average interest bearing liabilities increased $1.1 billion or 23.6% to average $5.9 billion for 2008. This growth was primarily attributable to the Omega and IRGB acquisitions combined with organic growth. The Omega acquisition added $946.1 million in average deposits in 2008, while the IRGB acquisition added $99.3 million in average deposits in 2008. The Corporation also recognized organic average deposit growth of $103.8 million during 2008.
 
Provision for Loan Losses
 
The provision for loan losses is determined based on management’s estimates of the appropriate level of allowance for loan losses needed to absorb probable losses inherent in the existing loan portfolio, after giving consideration to charge-offs and recoveries for the period.
 
The provision for loan losses of $72.4 million in 2008 increased $59.7 million from 2007 due to higher net charge-offs, additional specific reserves and increased allocations for a weaker economic environment. The significant increases primarily reflect continued deterioration in the Corporation’s Florida market, and to a much lesser extent, the slowing economy in Pennsylvania. In 2008, net charge-offs were $32.6 million or 0.60% of average loans compared to $12.5 million or 0.29% of average loans in 2007. Net charge-offs related to the Corporation’s Florida market were $15.0 million or 5.02% of average loans in that market, while the net charge-offs relating to the Pennsylvania market (which excludes the Florida portfolio and includes the Regency portfolio) equaled $17.5 million or 0.34% of average loans in that market.
 
Non-performing loans were $143.7 million at December 31, 2008, an increase of $111.0 million from December 31, 2007. The majority of this increase is attributed to Florida, which accounted for $84.0 million or 75.7% of the total increase, with the Corporation’s remaining non-performing loans up $27.0 million or 24.3% of the total increase. At December 31, 2008, non-performing loans in the Corporation’s Florida market were $93.1 million, while non-performing loans in the Pennsylvania market were $50.6 million. The ratio of non-performing loans and other real estate owned (OREO) to total loans and OREO was 2.62% at December 31, 2008, compared to 0.94% at December 31, 2007. The ratio of non-performing loans and OREO to total loans and OREO related to the Corporation’s Florida market was 31.91% at December 31, 2008 compared to 1.06% relating to the Pennsylvania market.
 
At December 31, 2008, the ratio of the allowance for loan losses to total loans was 1.80%, a 58 basis point increase from 1.22% at the end of 2007. For the Florida portfolio, this ratio equaled 9.69% at year-end 2008 and 1.38% for the Pennsylvania portfolio. At December 31, 2008, the allowance for loan losses covered 72.88% of non-performing loans, compared to 161.59% at December 31, 2007. For the Florida portfolio, this ratio was 30.61% at December 31, 2008 and 150.68% for the Pennsylvania portfolio.
 
For additional information, refer to the Allowance and Provision for Loan Losses section of this financial review.
 
Non-Interest Income
 
Total non-interest income of $86.1 million in 2008 increased $4.5 million or 5.5% from 2007. This increase resulted primarily from increases in all major fee businesses reflecting organic growth and the impact of acquisitions, partially offset by decreases in gain on sale of securities, impairment loss on securities and other non-interest income.


41


Table of Contents

Service charges on loans and deposits of $54.7 million for 2008 increased $13.9 million or 34.0% from 2007, reflecting organic growth and the expansion of the Corporation’s customer base as a result of the Omega and IRGB acquisitions during 2008.
 
Insurance commissions and fees of $15.6 million for 2008 increased $1.6 million or 11.3% from 2007 primarily as a result of the acquisition of Omega during 2008 partially offset by a decrease in contingent fee income.
 
Securities commissions of $8.1 million for 2008 increased by $1.8 million or 28.5% from 2007 primarily due to the acquisition of Omega during 2008 and an increase in annuity revenue due to the declining interest rate environment, partially offset by lower activity due to market conditions.
 
Trust fees of $12.1 million in 2008 increased by $3.5 million or 41.0% from 2007 due to growth in assets under management resulting from the Omega acquisition during 2008 combined with increases in estate accounts, partially offset by the negative effect of market conditions on assets under management.
 
Income from bank owned life insurance of $6.4 million for 2008 increased by $2.3 million or 55.6% from 2007. This increase was primarily attributable to the Omega and IRGB acquisitions in 2008 combined with increases in crediting rates paid on the insurance policies.
 
Gain on sale of mortgage loans of $1.8 million for 2008 increased by $0.1 million or 6.4% from 2007 due to higher volume and increased prices on mortgage sales in 2008, partially offset by a loss on the sale of student loans during 2007.
 
Gain on sale of securities of $0.8 million decreased $0.3 million or 27.8% from 2007 as management did not sell as many equity securities during 2008 due to unfavorable market prices in the bank stock portfolio. During 2008, most of the gain related to the Visa, Inc. initial public offering. The Corporation is a member of Visa USA since it issues Visa debit cards. As such, a portion of the Corporation’s ownership interest in Visa was redeemed in exchange for $0.7 million. This entire amount was recorded as gain on sale of securities since the Corporation’s cost basis in Visa is zero.
 
Impairment loss on securities of $17.2 million increased by $17.1 million from 2007 due to impairment losses during 2008 of $16.0 million related to investments in pooled trust preferred securities and $1.2 million related to investments in bank stocks.
 
Other income of $3.8 million for 2008 decreased $1.3 million or 25.2% from 2007. The primary reason for this decrease was due to a $3.4 million impairment loss primarily relating to two mezzanine loans made by the Corporation’s merchant banking subsidiary, with $2.1 million related to a Florida-based company and the other $1.0 million related to a company with substantial exposure to the automobile industry. These decreases were partially offset by an increase of $2.6 million in swap fee income during 2008.
 
Non-Interest Expense
 
Total non-interest expense of $222.7 million in 2008 increased $57.1 million or 34.5% from 2007. This increase was primarily attributable to operating expenses resulting from the Omega and IRGB acquisitions in 2008.
 
Salaries and employee benefits of $116.8 million in 2008 increased $29.6 million or 33.9% from 2007. This increase was primarily attributable to the acquisitions of Omega and IRGB during 2008 combined with normal annual compensation and benefit increases, additional costs associated with the transition of the Corporation’s senior leadership and higher accrued expense for the Corporation’s long-term restricted stock program. The Corporation’s full-time equivalent employees increased 33.4% from 1,762 at December 31, 2007 to 2,350 at December 31, 2008, primarily due to the Omega and IRGB acquisitions. The Corporation also recorded $1.1 million in additional expense relating to the retirement of an executive during the second quarter of 2008. Additionally, 2007 included a credit of $1.6 million relating to the restructuring of the Corporation’s postretirement benefit plan.
 
Combined net occupancy and equipment expense of $34.2 million in 2008 increased $6.5 million or 23.5% from the combined 2007 level, primarily due to the Omega and IRGB acquisitions during 2008.
 
Amortization of intangibles expense of $6.4 million in 2008 increased $2.0 million or 46.2% from 2007 primarily due to higher intangible balances resulting from the Omega and IRGB acquisitions during 2008.


42


Table of Contents

Outside services expense of $20.9 million in 2008 increased $5.0 million or 31.1% from 2007 primarily due to the Omega and IRGB acquisitions during 2008, combined with higher fees for professional services.
 
State tax expense of $6.6 million in 2008 increased $1.1 million or 20.2% from 2007 primarily due to higher net worth based taxes resulting from the Corporation’s acquisitions of Omega and IRGB in 2008.
 
Advertising and promotional expense of $4.6 million in 2008 increased $1.2 million or 57.5% from 2007 due to increased advertising in connection with the Corporation’s acquisitions of Omega and IRGB in 2008.
 
The Corporation recorded merger-related expenses of $4.7 million in 2008 relating to the acquisitions of Omega and IRGB compared to $0.2 million in 2007. Information relating to the Corporation’s acquisitions is discussed in the Mergers and Acquisitions footnote in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, which is included in Item 8 of this Report.
 
Other non-interest expenses of $25.6 million in 2008 increased $6.2 million or 32.1% from 2007. This increase was primarily due to additional operating costs associated with the Corporation’s acquisitions of Omega and IRGB in 2008. Additionally, OREO expense of $2.1 million in 2008 increased $1.6 million from 2007 due to increased foreclosure activity and write-downs of OREO property.
 
Income Taxes
 
The Corporation’s income tax expense of $7.2 million for 2008 decreased by $21.2 million or 74.6% from 2007. The effective tax rate of 16.9% for 2008 declined from 29.0% for the prior year, primarily due to lower pre-tax income for 2008. The income tax expense for 2008 and 2007 were favorably impacted by $0.3 million and $0.9 million, respectively, due to the resolution of previously uncertain tax positions. The lower effective tax rate also reflects benefits resulting from tax-exempt income on investments, loans and bank owned life insurance. Both periods’ tax rates are lower than the 35.0% federal statutory tax rate due to the tax benefits primarily resulting from tax-exempt instruments and excludable dividend income.
 
Year Ended December 31, 2007 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2006
 
Net income for 2007 was $69.7 million or $1.15 per diluted share, an increase of $2.0 million or 3.0% from net income for 2006 of $67.6 million or $1.14 per diluted share. The increase in net income is a result of several factors, including loan growth, recurring fee income and controlling expenses, as well as the full year impact of the Legacy acquisition. Additionally, the 2007 income taxes were favorably impacted by $0.9 million due to the expiration of an uncertain tax position.
 
The Corporation’s return on average equity was 12.89%, its return on average tangible equity was 26.23%, its return on average assets was 1.15% and its return on tangible assets was 1.25% for 2007, as compared to 13.15%, 26.30%, 1.15% and 1.25%, respectively, for 2006.
 
Net Interest Income
 
Net interest income, which is the Corporation’s major source of revenue, is the difference between interest income from earning assets and interest expense paid on liabilities. In 2007, net interest income, which comprised 70.5% of net revenue as compared to 70.4% in 2006, was affected by the general level of interest rates, changes in interest rates, the shape of the yield curve and changes in the amount and mix of interest earning assets and interest bearing liabilities.
 
Net interest income, on an FTE basis, increased $6.7 million or 3.5% from $192.8 million for 2006 to $199.5 million for 2007. Average interest earning assets increased $160.6 million or 3.1% and average interest bearing liabilities increased $150.8 million or 3.2% from 2006 due to organic commercial loan and deposit growth and the Legacy acquisition. The Corporation’s net interest margin increased by 2 basis points from 2006 to 3.73% for 2007 as higher rates on interest earning assets were partially offset by increased rates paid on interest bearing liabilities and lower balances of non-interest bearing demand deposits.
 
Interest income, on an FTE basis, of $373.5 million in 2007, increased by $27.2 million or 7.9% from 2006. This increase was caused by an improvement in the yield on interest earning assets of 30 basis points to 6.97%


43


Table of Contents

for 2007 and an increase in average interest earning assets of $160.6 million or 3.1% from 2006. The increase in average interest earning assets was driven by an increase of $245.2 million in average loans, partially offset by a decrease of $71.9 million in average investment securities. The increase in average loans was a result of a combination of organic growth and the Legacy acquisition while the decrease in average investment securities partially funded loan growth.
 
Interest expense of $174.1 million for 2007 increased by $20.5 million or 13.3% from 2006. This increase was primarily attributable to an increase of 32 basis points in the Corporation’s cost of funds to 3.61% for 2007. Also, average interest bearing liabilities increased $150.8 million or 3.2% to $4.8 billion for 2007. This growth was primarily attributable to a combined increase of $146.3 million or 7.8% in the core deposit categories of average interest bearing demand deposit and savings, a $53.7 million or 25.2% increase in average treasury management accounts and an increase in average certificates and other time deposits of $14.9 million or 0.9%. Average interest bearing demand, savings and certificates and other time deposits increased due to organic growth resulting from an expanded suite of deposit products designed to attract and retain customers and from the Legacy acquisition. Average treasury management accounts increased primarily due to the implementation of a strategic initiative to increase and expand commercial deposit relationships. The average balance for junior subordinated debt owed to unconsolidated subsidiary trusts also increased by $8.7 million or 6.1% for 2007 due to the issuance of $21.5 million of new debt in mid-2006 to partially finance the Legacy acquisition. Partially offsetting these increases was a decline in average long-term debt of $75.2 million or 13.9% from 2006.
 
Provision for Loan Losses
 
The provision for loan losses is determined based on management’s estimates of the appropriate level of allowance for loan losses needed to absorb probable losses inherent in the existing loan portfolio, after giving consideration to charge-offs and recoveries for the period.
 
The provision for loan losses of $12.7 million in 2007 increased $2.3 million or 21.9% from 2006 primarily due to actions taken during late 2007 relating to one developer relationship in the Florida market. These actions included the charge-off of $0.9 million relating to one project and the recording of a specific reserve of $2.0 million relating to a second project. Additionally, the Corporation transferred the remaining $1.7 million relating to the first project to other real estate owned and transferred the entire $8.2 million balance of the second project to non-accrual status. In 2007, net charge-offs totaled $12.5 million or 0.29% of average loans compared to $11.6 million or 0.29% of average loans in 2006. The ratio of non-performing loans to total loans was 0.75% at December 31, 2007, compared to 0.66% at December 31, 2006, and the ratio of non-performing assets to total assets was 0.67% and 0.57%, respectively, at these same dates. For additional information, refer to the Allowance and Provision for Loan Losses section of this financial review.
 
Non-Interest Income
 
Total non-interest income of $81.6 million in 2007 increased $2.3 million or 2.9% from 2006. This increase resulted primarily from increases in all major fee businesses except for insurance-related fees, partially offset by decreases in gain on sale of securities and other non-interest income.
 
Service charges on loans and deposits of $40.8 million for 2007 increased $0.8 million or 1.9% from 2006, reflecting expansion of the Corporation’s customer base as a result of the Legacy acquisition in 2006 and also due to higher activity in check card and business demand deposit account fees. Insurance commissions and fees were $14.0 million for 2007, which remained stable compared to 2006 as growth in the book of business was offset by lower commissions. As a result of a soft renewal market in the insurance industry, many account renewal commissions have declined due to lower premiums charged by insurance carriers. Securities commissions of $6.3 million for 2007 increased by $1.5 million or 30.0% from 2006 levels primarily due to higher organic annuity and securities sales. Trust fees of $8.6 million in 2007 increased by $0.8 million or 10.2% from 2006 due to growth in assets under management resulting from organic growth in overall trust assets, higher equity valuations and the Legacy acquisition in 2006. Gain (loss) on sale of securities of $1.2 million decreased $0.6 million or 35.9% from 2006 as management did not sell any equity securities during the second half of 2007 due to unfavorable market prices in the bank stock portfolio. Gain on sale of mortgage loans of $1.7 million for 2007 increased by $0.1 million


44


Table of Contents

or 6.7% from 2006 due to an increase in mortgage origination volume in 2007. Income from bank owned life insurance of $4.1 million for 2007 increased by $0.7 million or 22.2% from 2006 due to a combination of a higher crediting rate in 2007 and the Legacy acquisition in 2006. Other income of $5.0 million for 2007 decreased $0.8 million or 13.6% from 2006. The primary reason for this decrease was $0.8 million in lower gains on settlements of impaired loans acquired in previous acquisitions. In 2006, the Corporation recognized gains on settlements of impaired loans of $1.3 million compared to $0.5 million in 2007. The Corporation also recognized a loss of $0.5 million in 2007 on the sale of a building acquired in a previous merger. Offsetting these decreases was a $0.4 million increase in customer swap fee income.
 
Non-Interest Expense
 
Total non-interest expense of $165.6 million in 2007 increased $5.1 million or 3.2% from 2006. This increase was primarily attributable to operating expenses resulting from the Legacy acquisition in 2006.
 
Salaries and employee benefits of $87.2 million in 2007 increased $3.6 million or 4.3% from 2006. This increase was primarily attributable to normal annual compensation and benefit increases, additional costs associated with the employees retained from the Corporation’s acquisition of Legacy in 2006, higher commission expense tied to growth in securities commission revenue and an increase in stock compensation expense related to the issuance of restricted stock, partially offset by lower expense due to the amendment to the Corporation’s pension and postretirement benefit plans and lower medical expenses. Combined net occupancy and equipment expense of $27.7 million in 2007 increased $0.2 million or 0.6% from the combined 2006 level. This increase was primarily due to additional operating costs associated with the Corporation’s acquisition of Legacy in 2006, the opening of a new branch in 2006 and several new loan production offices in 2006 and 2007, partially offset by lower depreciation on equipment. Amortization of intangibles expense of $4.4 million in 2007 increased $0.3 million or 6.2% from 2006 due to the amortization of additional core deposit and other intangibles as a result of the Corporation’s acquisition of Legacy in 2006. State taxes of $5.5 million in 2007 increased $0.8 million or 16.4% from 2006 primarily due to higher net worth based taxes resulting from the Corporation’s acquisition of Legacy in 2006. Advertising and promotional expense of $2.9 million in 2007 increased $0.1 million or 2.4% from 2006 due to the Corporation’s acquisition of Legacy in 2006. The Corporation recorded merger-related expenses of $0.2 million in 2007 relating to the then-pending acquisition of Omega and $0.6 million in 2006 related to costs incurred as a result of the acquisition of Legacy. The acquisition of Omega is discussed in the Mergers and Acquisitions footnote in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, which is included in Item 8 of this Report. Other non-interest expenses of $35.4 million in 2007 increased $0.9 million or 2.5% from 2006. This increase was primarily due to additional operating costs associated with the Corporation’s acquisition of Legacy in 2006 and higher fees for outside professional services.
 
Income Taxes
 
The Corporation’s income tax expense of $28.5 million for 2007 decreased by $1.1 million or 3.6% from 2006. The effective tax rate of 29.0% for 2007 declined from 30.4% for the prior year. The income tax expense for 2007 was favorably impacted by $0.9 million due to the expiration of an uncertain tax position. The lower effective tax rate also reflects benefits resulting from tax-exempt income on investments, loans and bank owned life insurance. Both periods’ tax rates are lower than the 35.0% federal statutory tax rate due to the tax benefits primarily resulting from tax-exempt instruments and excludable dividend income.
 
Liquidity
 
The Corporation’s goal in liquidity management is to satisfy the cash flow requirements of depositors and borrowers as well as the operating cash needs of the Corporation with cost-effective funding. The Board of Directors of the Corporation has established an Asset/Liability Policy in order to achieve and maintain earnings performance consistent with long-term goals while maintaining acceptable levels of interest rate risk, a “well-capitalized” balance sheet and adequate levels of liquidity. The Board of Directors of the Corporation has also established a Contingency Funding Policy to address liquidity crisis conditions. These policies designate the Corporate Asset/Liability Committee (ALCO) as the body responsible for meeting these objectives. The ALCO, which includes members of executive management, reviews liquidity on a periodic basis and approves significant


45


Table of Contents

changes in strategies that affect balance sheet or cash flow positions. Liquidity is centrally managed on a daily basis by the Corporation’s Treasury Department.
 
The principal sources of the parent company’s liquidity are its strong existing cash resources plus dividends it receives from its subsidiaries. These dividends may be impacted by the parent’s or the subsidiaries’ capital needs, statutory laws and regulations, corporate policies, contractual restrictions and other factors. Cash on hand at the parent at December 31, 2008 was $66.8 million, up from $21.7 million at December 31, 2007, as the Corporation took a number of actions to bolster its cash position. On January 21, 2009, the Corporation’s Board of Directors elected to reduce the common stock dividend from $0.24 to $0.12 per quarter, thus reducing 2009’s liquidity needs by approximately $43.1 million. The parent also may draw on approved guidance lines of credit with two major domestic banks. These lines were unused and totaled $40.0 million and $90.0 million, respectively, as of December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007. In addition, the Corporation also issues subordinated notes on a regular basis. Finally, on January 9, 2009, the Corporation completed the sale of 100,000 shares of newly issued preferred stock valued at $100.0 million as part of the U.S. Treasury’s CPP. These funds will complement the Corporation’s already well-capitalized position and strengthen its ability to meet its customer’s needs.
 
The Corporation’s bank subsidiary generates liquidity from its normal business operations. Liquidity sources from assets include payments from loans and investments as well as the ability to securitize, pledge or sell loans, investment securities and other assets. Liquidity sources from liabilities are generated primarily through the 225 banking offices of FNBPA in the form of deposits and treasury management accounts. The Corporation also has access to reliable and cost-effective wholesale sources of liquidity. Short-term and long-term funds can be acquired to help fund normal business operations as well as serve as contingency funding in the event that the Corporation would be faced with a liquidity crisis.
 
The recent financial market crisis, which began in 2007, escalated in the second half of 2008 and resulted in the U.S. Treasury, FRB and FDIC intervening with a number of programs designed to provide direct liquidity, capital or increased deposit insurance to the U.S. financial system. The Corporation has voluntarily elected to participate in a number of these programs, including the previously mentioned U.S. Treasury’s CPP program and the FDIC’s TLGP.
 
The liquidity position of the Corporation generally improved over the course of 2008. Its strong branch network was able to grow deposits and treasury management accounts. As a result, the Corporation is less reliant on capital markets funding as witnessed by growth in its ratio of total deposits and treasury management accounts to total assets to 77.3% from 76.8% as of December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, respectively. The Corporation had unused wholesale credit availability of $2.2 billion or 26.8% of total assets at December 31, 2008 and $1.9 billion or 31.2% of total assets at December 31, 2007. These sources include the availability to borrow from the FHLB, the FRB, correspondent bank lines and access to certificates of deposit issued through brokers. The Corporation took a number of actions to bolster liquidity throughout 2008. These actions included a $200.0 million increase in federal fund lines, increased brokered CD capacity and becoming a participant in CDARS. Further, the Corporation’s election not to opt out of the FDIC’s TLGP resulted in $140.0 million of increased funding availability.
 
The ALCO regularly monitors various liquidity ratios and forecasts of its liquidity position. Management believes the Corporation has sufficient liquidity available to meet its normal operating and contingency funding cash needs.
 
Market Risk
 
Market risk refers to potential losses arising from changes in interest rates, foreign exchange rates, equity prices and commodity prices. The Corporation is susceptible to current and future impairment charges on holdings in its investment portfolio. The Securities footnote, in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, which is included in Item 8 of this Report, discusses the impairment charges taken during the fourth quarter of 2008 relating to the pooled trust preferred securities and bank stock portfolios. The Securities footnote also discusses the ongoing process management utilizes to determine whether impairment exists.


46


Table of Contents

The Corporation is primarily exposed to interest rate risk inherent in its lending and deposit-taking activities as a financial intermediary. To succeed in this capacity, the Corporation offers an extensive variety of financial products to meet the diverse needs of its customers. These products sometimes contribute to interest rate risk for the Corporation when product groups do not complement one another. For example, depositors may want short-term deposits while borrowers desire long-term loans.
 
Changes in market interest rates may result in changes in the fair value of the Corporation’s financial instruments, cash flows and net interest income. The ALCO is responsible for market risk management: devising policy guidelines, risk measures and limits, and managing the amount of interest rate risk and its effect on net interest income and capital. The Corporation uses derivative financial instruments for interest rate risk management purposes and not for trading or speculative purposes.
 
Interest rate risk is comprised of repricing risk, basis risk, yield curve risk and options risk. Repricing risk arises from differences in the cash flow or repricing between asset and liability portfolios. Basis risk arises when asset and liability portfolios are related to different market rate indexes, which do not always change by the same amount. Yield curve risk arises when asset and liability portfolios are related to different maturities on a given yield curve; when the yield curve changes shape, the risk position is altered. Options risk arises from “embedded options” within asset and liability products as certain borrowers have the option to prepay their loans when rates fall while certain depositors can redeem their certificates of deposit early when rates rise.
 
The Corporation uses a sophisticated asset/liability model to measure its interest rate risk. Interest rate risk measures utilized by the Corporation include earnings simulation, economic value of equity (EVE) and gap analysis.
 
Gap analysis and EVE are static measures that do not incorporate assumptions regarding future business. Gap analysis, while a helpful diagnostic tool, displays cash flows for only a single rate environment. EVE’s long-term horizon helps identify changes in optionality and longer-term positions. However, EVE’s liquidation perspective does not translate into the earnings-based measures that are the focus of managing and valuing a going concern. Net interest income simulations explicitly measure the exposure to earnings from changes in market rates of interest. In these simulations, the Corporation’s current financial position is combined with assumptions regarding future business to calculate net interest income under various hypothetical rate scenarios. The ALCO reviews earnings simulations over multiple years under various interest rate scenarios on a periodic basis. Reviewing these various measures provides the Corporation with a comprehensive view of its interest rate profile.
 
The following gap analysis compares the difference between the amount of interest earning assets (IEA) and interest bearing liabilities (IBL) subject to repricing over a period of time. A ratio of more than one indicates a higher level of repricing assets over repricing liabilities for the time period. Conversely, a ratio of less than one indicates a higher level of repricing liabilities over repricing assets for the time period.


47


Table of Contents

The following table presents the amounts of IEA and IBL as of December 31, 2008 that are subject to repricing within the periods indicated (dollars in thousands):
 
                                         
    Within
    2-3
    4-6
    7-12
    Total
 
    1 Month     Months     Months     Months     1 Year  
 
Interest Earning Assets (IEA)
                                       
Loans
  $ 1,516,746     $ 560,717     $ 416,832     $ 629,236     $ 3,123,531  
Investments
    72,775       116,302       129,288       165,466       483,831  
                                         
      1,589,521       677,019       546,120       794,702       3,607,362  
                                         
Interest Bearing Liabilities (IBL)
                                       
Non-maturity deposits
    906,360       366,963                   1,273,323  
Time deposits
    147,115       233,708       411,290       518,007       1,310,120  
Borrowings
    514,836       40,868       20,406       171,873       747,983  
                                         
      1,568,311       641,539       431,696       689,880       3,331,426  
                                         
Period Gap
  $ 21,210     $ 35,480     $ 114,424     $ 104,822     $ 275,936  
                                         
Cumulative Gap
  $ 21,210     $ 56,690     $ 171,114     $ 275,936          
                                         
                                         
IEA/IBL (Cumulative)
    1.01       1.03       1.06       1.08          
                                         
Cumulative Gap to IEA
    0.30%       0.79%       2.39%       3.85%          
                                         
 
The cumulative twelve-month IEA to IBL ratio changed to 1.08 for December 31, 2008 from 1.03 for December 31, 2007.
 
The allocation of non-maturity deposits to the one-month maturity category is based on the estimated sensitivity of each product to changes in market rates. For example, if a product’s rate is estimated to increase by 50% as much as the market rates, then 50% of the account balance was placed in this category. The current allocation is representative of the estimated sensitivities for a +/- 100 basis point change in market rates.
 
The measures were calculated using rate shocks, representing immediate rate changes that move all market rates by the same amount. The variance percentages represent the change between the net interest income or EVE calculated under the particular rate shock versus the net interest income or EVE that was calculated assuming market rates as of December 31, 2008.
 
The following table presents an analysis of the potential sensitivity of the Corporation’s net interest income and EVE to changes in interest rates:
 
                           
                ALCO
 
December 31   2008     2007     Guidelines  
 
Net interest income change (12 months):
                         
+ 200 basis points
    (0.3 )%     (2 .0) %     +/−5.0 %
+ 100 basis points
    0.2 %     (0 .5) %     +/−5.0 %
− 100 basis points
    (2.4 )%     (1 .7) %     +/−5.0 %
                           
Economic value of equity:
                         
+ 200 basis points
    (0.1 )%     (5 .4) %      
+ 100 basis points
    1.1 %     (1 .7) %      
− 100 basis points
    6.3 %     (3 .3) %      
 
The Corporation’s overall level of interest rate risk is considered to be relatively low and stable. This is evidenced by a relatively stable net interest margin despite the recent market rate volatility. The Corporation has a relatively neutral interest rate risk position.
 
During 2008, the ALCO utilized several strategies to maintain the Corporation’s interest rate risk position at a relatively neutral level. For example, the Corporation successfully achieved growth in longer-term certificates of deposit. On the lending side, the Corporation regularly sells long-term fixed-rate residential mortgages to the


48


Table of Contents

secondary market and has been successful in the origination of commercial loans with short-term repricing characteristics. Total variable and adjustable-rate loans increased from 49.5% of total loans as of December 31, 2007 to 55.9% of total loans as of December 31, 2008. The investment portfolio is used, in part, to improve the Corporation’s interest rate risk position. The average life of the investment portfolio is relatively low at 2.4 years. Finally, the Corporation has made use of interest rate swaps to lessen its interest rate risk position. For additional information regarding interest rate swaps, see the Interest Rate Swaps footnote in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, which is included in Item 8 of this Report.
 
The Corporation recognizes that asset/liability models such as those used by the Corporation to measure its interest rate risk are based on methodologies that may have inherent shortcomings. Furthermore, asset/liability models require certain assumptions to be made, such as prepayment rates on interest earning assets and pricing impact on non-maturity deposits, which may differ from actual experience. These business assumptions are based upon the Corporation’s experience, business plans and published industry experience. While management believes such assumptions to be reasonable, there can be no assurance that modeled results will be achieved.
 
Contractual Obligations, Commitments and Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
 
The following table sets forth contractual obligations of principal that represent required and potential cash outflows as of December 31, 2008 (in thousands):
 
                                         
    Within
                After
       
    1 Year     1-3 Years     3-5 Years     5 Years     Total  
 
Deposits without a stated maturity
  $ 3,736,167     $     $     $     $ 3,736,167  
Certificates and other time deposits
    1,313,089       689,426       295,865       20,076       2,318,456  
Operating leases
    4,530       6,503       4,446       14,364       29,843  
Long-term debt
    198,141       243,370       47,234       1,505       490,250  
                                         
    $ 5,251,927     $ 939,299     $ 347,545     $ 35,945     $ 6,574,716  
                                         
 
The following table sets forth the amounts and expected maturities of commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit as of December 31, 2008 (in thousands):
 
                                         
    Within
                After
       
    1 Year     1-3 Years     3-5 Years     5 Years     Total  
 
Commitments to extend credit
  $ 1,006,526     $ 54,944     $ 108,384     $ 84,616     $ 1,254,470  
Standby letters of credit
    69,812       9,902       16,994       308       97,016  
                                         
    $ 1,076,338     $ 64,846     $ 125,378     $ 84,924     $ 1,351,486  
                                         
 
Commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit do not necessarily represent future cash requirements because while the borrower has the ability to draw upon these commitments at any time, these commitments often expire without being drawn upon. For additional information relating to commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit, see the Commitments, Credit Risk and Contingencies footnote in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, which is included in Item 8 of this Report.
 
Lending Activity
 
The loan portfolio consists principally of loans to individuals and small- and medium-sized businesses within the Corporation’s primary market area of Pennsylvania and northeastern Ohio. In addition, the portfolio contains consumer finance loans to individuals in Pennsylvania, Ohio and Tennessee, which totaled $158.0 million or 2.7% of total loans as of December 31, 2008. The Corporation also operates commercial loan production offices in Pennsylvania and Florida and mortgage loan production offices in Ohio and Tennessee. The Corporation had commercial loans in Florida totaling $294.2 million or 5.1% of total loans as of December 31, 2008.


49


Table of Contents

Following is a summary of loans (in thousands):
 
                                         
December 31   2008     2007     2006     2005     2004  
 
Commercial
  $ 3,173,941     $ 2,232,860     $ 2,111,752     $ 1,613,960     $ 1,440,674  
Direct installment
    1,070,791       941,249       926,766       890,288       820,886  
Consumer lines of credit
    340,750       251,100       254,054       262,969       251,037  
Residential mortgages
    638,356       465,881       490,215       485,542       479,769  
Indirect installment
    531,430       427,663       461,214       493,740       389,754  
Other
    65,112       25,482       9,143       2,548       7,341  
                                         
    $ 5,820,380     $ 4,344,235     $ 4,253,144     $ 3,749,047     $ 3,389,461  
                                         
 
Total loans at December 31, 2008 increased by $1.5 billion or 33.8% to $5.8 billion as compared to December 31, 2007. This growth primarily relates to the acquisitions of Omega and IRGB, which added loans of $1.1 billion and $168.8 million, respectively, at the time of each acquisition, combined with organic growth.
 
Total loans at December 31, 2007 increased by $91.1 million or 2.1% to $4.3 billion as compared to December 31, 2006. During this period, the commercial loan segment grew by $121.1 million due to the Corporation’s focus on growth in the Florida market as well as the Pittsburgh and Harrisburg, Pennsylvania markets.
 
The Corporation had commercial loans in Florida totaling $294.2 million or 5.1% of total loans as of December 31, 2008, which was comprised of the following: unimproved residential land (20.9%), unimproved commercial land (22.7%), improved land (7.0%), income producing commercial real estate (26.8%), residential construction (9.8%), commercial construction (9.5%), commercial and industrial (2.2%) and owner-occupied (1.1%). The weighted average loan-to-value ratio for this portfolio is 73.7% as of December 31, 2008.
 
The majority of the Corporation’s loan portfolio consists of commercial loans, which is comprised of both commercial real estate loans and commercial and industrial loans. As of December 31, 2008 and 2007, commercial real estate loans were $2.0 billion and $1.4 billion, respectively, or 34.3% and 32.1% of total loans. As of December 31, 2008, approximately 46.0% of the commercial real estate loans are owner occupied, while the remaining 54.0% are non-owner occupied. As of December 31, 2008 and 2007, the Corporation had construction loans of $269.8 million and $201.2 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2008 and 2007, there were no concentrations of loans relating to any industry in excess of 10% of total loans.
 
Following is a summary of the maturity distribution of certain loan categories based on remaining scheduled repayments of principal as of December 31, 2008 (in thousands):
 
                                 
    Within
    1-5
    Over
       
    1 Year     Years     5 Years     Total  
 
Commercial
  $ 329,120     $ 773,894     $ 2,070,928     $ 3,173,942  
Residential mortgages
    1,798       28,249       608,309       638,356  
                                 
    $ 330,918     $ 802,143     $ 2,679,237     $ 3,812,298  
                                 
 
The total amount of loans due after one year includes $2.6 billion with floating or adjustable rates of interest and $868.5 million with fixed rates of interest.
 
For additional information relating to lending activity, see the Loans footnote in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, which is included in Item 8 of this Report.
 
Non-Performing Loans
 
Non-performing loans include non-accrual loans and restructured loans. Non-accrual loans represent loans on which interest accruals have been discontinued. Restructured loans are loans in which the borrower has been granted a concession on the interest rate or the original repayment terms due to financial distress, and for which interest accruals have also been discontinued.


50


Table of Contents

The Corporation discontinues interest accruals when principal or interest is due and has remained unpaid for 90 to 180 days depending on the loan type, unless the loan is both well secured and in the process of collection. When a loan is placed on non-accrual status, all unpaid interest is reversed. Non-accrual loans may not be restored to accrual status until all delinquent principal and interest have been paid and the borrower demonstrates sufficient repayment performance.
 
Non-performing loans are closely monitored on an ongoing basis as part of the Corporation’s loan review and work-out process. The potential risk of loss on these loans is evaluated by comparing the loan balance to the fair value of any underlying collateral or the present value of projected future cash flows. Losses are recognized when appropriate.
 
Following is a summary of non-performing loans (dollars in thousands):
 
                                         
December 31   2008     2007     2006     2005     2004  
 
Non-accrual loans
  $ 139,607     $ 29,211     $ 24,636     $ 28,100     $ 27,029  
Restructured loans
    4,097       3,468       3,492       5,032       4,993  
                                         
    $ 143,704     $ 32,679     $ 28,128     $ 33,132     $ 32,022  
                                         
Non-performing loans as a percentage of total loans
    2.47 %     0.75 %     0.66 %     0.88 %     0.94 %
 
Non-performing loans at December 31, 2008 included $93.1 million relating to the Corporation’s Florida loan portfolio, representing 64.8% of total non-performing loans. At December 31, 2008, the Florida non-performing loans were 31.65% of total loans in that market, while the Pennsylvania non-performing loans were 0.92% of total loans in that market.
 
Following is a table showing the amounts of contractual interest income and actual interest income related to non-accrual and restructured loans (in thousands):
 
                                         
December 31   2008   2007   2006   2005   2004
 
Gross interest income:
                                       
Per contractual terms
  $ 6,408     $ 2,378     $ 2,046     $ 3,179     $ 2,076  
Recorded during the year
    347       362       458       528       727  
 
Following is a summary of loans 90 days or more past due on which interest accruals continue (dollars in thousands):
 
                                         
December 31   2008   2007   2006   2005   2004
 
Loans 90 days or more past due
  $ 14,067     $ 7,540     $ 5,528     $ 5,755     $ 5,113  
As a percentage of total loans
    0.24 %     0.17 %     0.13 %     0.15 %     0.15 %
 
Allowance and Provision for Loan Losses
 
The allowance for loan losses represents management’s estimate of probable loan losses inherent in the loan portfolio at a specific point in time. This estimate includes losses associated with specifically identified loans, as well as estimated probable credit losses inherent in the remainder of the loan portfolio. Additions are made to the allowance through both periodic provisions charged to income and recoveries of losses previously incurred. Reductions to the allowance occur as loans are charged off. Management evaluates the adequacy of the allowance at least quarterly, and in doing so relies on various factors including, but not limited to, assessment of historical loss experience, delinquency and non-accrual trends, portfolio growth, underlying collateral coverage and current economic conditions. This evaluation is subjective and requires material estimates that may change over time.
 
During the fourth quarter of 2008, the Corporation developed a separate methodology for determining the allowance for loan losses related to its Florida loan portfolio. The Florida methodology is very similar to the methodology used for the Pennsylvania loan portfolio, however it specifically analyzes all of the aforementioned risks and how they directly relate to the Corporation’s Florida loans including, but not limited to, current levels and


51


Table of Contents

trends of the portfolio composition, collateral, charge-offs, non-performing assets, delinquency, risk rating migration, competition, legal and regulatory issues and local economic trends.
 
The components of the allowance for loan losses represent estimates based upon FAS 5, Accounting for Contingencies, and FAS 114, Accounting by Creditors for Impairment of a Loan. FAS 5 applies to homogeneous loan pools such as consumer installment, residential mortgages and consumer lines of credit, as well as commercial loans that are not individually evaluated for impairment under FAS 114. FAS 114 is applied to commercial loans that are individually evaluated for impairment.
 
Under FAS 114, a loan is impaired when, based upon current information and events, it is probable that the loan will not be repaid according to its original contractual terms, including both principal and interest. Management performs individual assessments of impaired loans to determine the existence of loss exposure and, where applicable, the extent of loss exposure based upon the present value of expected future cash flows available to pay the loan, or based upon the estimated realizable collateral where a loan is collateral dependent. The majority of loans less than $250,000 are excluded from FAS 114 individual impairment analysis and are collectively evaluated by management to estimate reserves for loan losses inherent in those loans in accordance with FAS 5.
 
In estimating loan loss contingencies, management applies historical loan loss rates and also considers, but is not limited to, how the loss rates may be impacted by changes in current economic conditions, delinquency and non-performing loan trends, changes in loan underwriting guidelines and credit policies, as well as the results of internal loan reviews. Homogeneous loan pools are evaluated using similar criteria that are based upon historical loss rates of various loan types. Historical loss rates are adjusted to incorporate changes in existing conditions that may impact, both positively or negatively, the degree to which these loss histories may vary. This determination inherently involves a high degree of uncertainty and considers current risk factors that may not have occurred in the Corporation’s historical loan loss experience.
 
Following is a summary of changes in the allowance for loan losses (dollars in thousands):
 
                                         
Year Ended December 31   2008     2007     2006     2005     2004  
 
Balance at beginning of period
  $ 52,806     $ 52,575     $ 50,707     $ 50,467     $ 46,139  
Additions due to acquisitions
    12,150       21       3,035       4,996       4,354  
Reductions due to branch sales
                      (59 )     (54 )
Charge-offs:
                                       
Commercial
    (21,448 )     (3,034 )     (2,642 )     (3,422 )     (2,333 )
Installment
    (11,335 )     (9,413 )     (9,811 )     (14,847 )     (14,736 )
Residential mortgage
    (3,092 )     (2,766 )     (2,215 )     (966 )     (639 )
Other
    (39 )           (12 )     (472 )     (1,088 )
                                         
Total charge-offs
    (35,914 )     (15,213 )     (14,680 )     (19,707 )     (18,796 )
Recoveries:
                                       
Commercial
    1,180       430       764       650       667  
Installment
    1,668       1,850       1,919       1,891       1,651  
Residential mortgage
    448       400       319       144       94  
Other
    21       50       99       149       132  
                                         
Total recoveries
    3,317       2,730       3,101       2,834       2,544  
Net charge-offs
    (32,597 )     (12,483 )     (11,579 )     (16,873 )     (16,252 )
Provision for loan losses
    72,371       12,693       10,412       12,176       16,280  
                                         
Balance at end of period
  $ 104,730     $ 52,806     $ 52,575     $ 50,707     $ 50,467  
                                         
Net charge-offs as a percent of average loans, net of unearned income
    0.60 %     0.29 %     0.29 %     0.46 %     0.50 %
Allowance for loan losses as a percent of total loans, net of unearned income
    1.80 %     1.22 %     1.24 %     1.35 %     1.49 %
Allowance for loan losses as a percent of non-performing loans
    72.88 %     161.59 %     186.91 %     153.05 %     157.60 %


52


Table of Contents

The installment category in the above table includes direct installment, consumer lines of credit and indirect installment loans. The other category in the above table includes lease financing.
 
For the year ended December 31, 2008, net charge-offs related to the Corporation’s Florida market were $15.0 million or 5.02% of average loans in that market, while the net charge-offs relating to the Pennsylvania market were $17.5 million or 0.34% of average loans in that market. As of December 31, 2008, the allowance for loan losses as a percentage of total loans relating to the Corporation’s Florida market was 9.69%, while the allowance for loan losses as a percentage of total loans relating to the Pennsylvania market was 1.38%. As of December 31, 2008, the allowance for loans losses as a percentage of non-performing loans relating to the Corporation’s Florida market was 30.61%, while the allowance for loan losses as a percentage of non-performing loans relating to the Pennsylvania market was 150.68%.
 
At December 31, 2008 and 2007, there were $16.1 million and $3.2 million of loans, respectively, that were impaired loans acquired and have no associated allowance for loan losses as they were accounted for in accordance with American Institute of Certified Public Accountants’ Statement of Position (SOP) 03-3, Accounting for Certain Loans or Debt Securities Acquired in a Transfer.
 
The allowance for loan losses increased $51.9 million during 2008 representing a 98.3% increase in reserves for loan losses between December 31, 2007 and December 31, 2008, due to higher net charge-offs, additional specific reserves and increased allocations for a weaker environment. The significant increase primarily reflects continued deterioration in Florida, and to a much lesser extent, the slowing economy in Pennsylvania. The allowance for loan losses at December 31, 2008 included $28.5 million, or 27.2% of the total, relating to the Corporation’s Florida loan portfolio. Net charge-offs increased $20.1 million or 161.1% reflecting higher loan charge-offs, including $15.0 million in charge-offs in the Florida market during 2008.
 
The allowance for loan losses increased $0.2 million during 2007 representing a 0.4% increase in reserves for loan losses between December 31, 2006 and December 31, 2007. Net charge-offs increased $0.9 million or 7.8% reflecting higher commercial loan charge-offs, including $0.9 million relating to a Florida loan, and higher residential mortgage loan charge-offs, partially offset by lower installment loan charge-offs. These actions included the charge-off of $0.9 million relating to one project and the recording of another specific reserve of $2.0 million relating to a second project during 2007.
 
Management considers numerous factors when estimating reserves for loan losses, including historical charge-off rates and subsequent recoveries. Consideration is given to the impact of changes in qualitative factors that influence the Corporation’s credit quality, such as the local and regional economies that the Corporation serves. Assessment of relevant economic factors indicates that the Corporation’s primary markets historically tend to lag the national economy, with local economies in the Corporation’s market areas also improving or weakening, as the case may be, but at a more measured rate than the national trends. Regional economic factors influencing management’s estimate of reserves include uncertainty of the labor markets in the regions the Corporation serves and a contracting labor force due, in part, to productivity growth and industry consolidations. Credit risk and loss exposures are evaluated using a combination of historical loss experience and an analysis of the rate at which delinquent loans ultimately result in charge-offs to estimate credit quality migration and expected losses within the homogeneous loan pools.


53


Table of Contents

Following is a summary of the allocation of the allowance for loan losses (dollars in thousands):
 
                                                                                 
          % of Loans
          % of Loans
          % of Loans
          % of Loans
          % of Loans
 
          in each
          in each
          in each
          in each
          in each
 
          Category to
          Category to
          Category to
          Category to
          Category to
 
    Dec 31,
    Total
    Dec 31,
    Total
    Dec. 31,
    Total
    Dec. 31,
    Total
    Dec. 31,
    Total
 
    2008     Loans     2007     Loans     2006     Loans     2005     Loans     2004     Loans  
 
Commercial
  $ 76,071       55 %   $ 32,607       51 %   $ 30,813       50 %   $ 27,112       43 %   $ 28,271       43 %
Direct installment
    14,022       18       11,387       21       11,445       22       11,631       24       10,947       24  
Consumer lines of credit
    4,851       6       2,310       6       2,343       6       2,486       7       1,280       7  
Residential mortgages
    3,659       11       2,621       11       3,068       11       2,958       13       632       14  
Indirect installment
    5,012       9       3,766       10       4,649       11       6,324       13       9,072       12  
Other
    1,115       1       115       1       257             196             265        
                                                                                 
    $ 104,730       100 %   $ 52,806       100 %   $ 52,575       100 %   $ 50,707       100 %   $ 50,467       100 %
                                                                                 
 
The amount allocated to commercial loans increased in 2008 primarily due to increased asset quality deterioration and allocations for a weaker environment, primarily a result of the continued deterioration in the Florida market with $28.5 million of the commercial allowance for the Florida portfolio.
 
The amount allocated to commercial loans increased in 2007 due to a combination of the increased loan balance and the additional $2.0 million in specific reserves recorded in relation to a developer relationship in the Florida market.
 
The amount allocated to commercial loans increased in 2006 due to the increased loan balance while the amount allocated to indirect installment loans decreased due to an improvement in credit quality as a result of improved underwriting guidelines and a planned run-off in loan balances.
 
Investment Activity
 
Investment activities serve to enhance net interest income while supporting interest rate sensitivity and liquidity positions. Securities purchased with the intent and ability to retain until maturity are categorized as securities held to maturity and carried at amortized cost. All other securities are categorized as securities available for sale and are recorded at fair value. Securities, like loans, are subject to similar interest rate and credit risk. In addition, by their nature, securities classified as available for sale are also subject to fair value risks that could negatively affect the level of liquidity available to the Corporation, as well as stockholders’ equity. A change in the value of securities held to maturity could also negatively affect the level of stockholders’ equity if there was a decline in the underlying creditworthiness of the issuers and an OTTI is deemed to have occurred or a change in the Corporation’s intent and ability to hold the securities to maturity.
 
As of December 31, 2008, securities totaling $482.3 million and $843.9 million were classified as available for sale and held to maturity, respectively. During 2008, securities available for sale increased by $123.8 million and securities held to maturity increased by $176.3 million from December 31, 2007, primarily as a result of the acquisitions of Omega and IRGB.


54


Table of Contents

The following table indicates the respective maturities and weighted-average yields of securities as of December 31, 2008 (dollars in thousands):
 
                 
          Weighted
 
          Average
 
    Amount     Yield  
 
Obligations of U.S. Treasury and other U.S. Government agencies:
               
Maturing after one year but within five years
  $ 253,295       3.79 %
Maturing after ten years
    506       5.61  
                 
States of the U.S. and political subdivisions:
               
Maturing within one year
    2,222       4.72  
Maturing after one year but within five years
    60,480       5.12  
Maturing after five years but within ten years
    45,132       5.69  
Maturing after ten years
    77,113       6.04  
                 
Corporate and other debt securities:
               
Maturing within one year
    500       7.00  
Maturing after one year but within five years
    26       4.82  
Maturing after ten years
    28,623       4.79  
                 
Mortgage-backed securities
    854,738       4.92  
Equity securities
    3,498       5.63  
                 
Total
  $ 1,326,133       4.81  
                 
 
The weighted average yields for tax-exempt securities are computed on a tax equivalent basis using the federal statutory tax rate of 35.0%. The weighted average yields for securities available for sale are based on amortized cost.
 
For additional information relating to investment activity, see the Securities footnote in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, which is included in Item 8 of this Report.
 
Deposits and Short-Term Borrowings
 
As a bank holding company, the Corporation’s primary source of funds is deposits. Those deposits are provided by businesses, municipalities and individuals located within the markets served by the Corporation’s Community Banking subsidiary.
 
Total deposits increased $1.7 billion to $6.1 billion at December 31, 2008, compared to December 31, 2007, primarily as a result of the Corporation’s acquisitions of Omega and IRGB, which added deposits of $1.3 billion and $252.3 million, respectively, at the time of each acquisition.
 
Short-term borrowings, made up of treasury management accounts, federal funds purchased, subordinated notes and other short-term borrowings, increased by $146.4 million to $596.3 million at December 31, 2008 compared to December 31, 2007. This increase is the result of increases of $138.2 million and $26.0 million in treasury management accounts and federal funds purchased, respectively, partially offset by a decrease of $17.7 million in subordinated notes. The increase in treasury management accounts is the result of the Corporation’s acquisition of Omega combined with continued strong growth in new client relationships.
 
Treasury management accounts are the largest component of short-term borrowings. The treasury management accounts have next day maturities. At December 31, 2008 and 2007, treasury management accounts represented 69.6% and 61.5%, respectively, of total short-term borrowings.


55


Table of Contents

Following is a summary of selected information relating to treasury management accounts (dollars in thousands):
 
                         
    2008     2007     2006  
 
Balance at year-end
  $ 414,705     $ 276,552     $ 252,064  
Maximum month-end balance
    433,411       291,200       252,064  
Average balance during year
    373,200       266,726       213,045  
Weighted average interest rates:
                       
At end of year
    1.20 %     3.71 %     4.64 %
During the year
    2.08       4.56       4.27  
 
For additional information relating to deposits and short-term borrowings, see the Deposits and Short-Term Borrowings footnotes in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, which is included in Item 8 of this Report.
 
Capital Resources
 
The access to, and cost of, funding for new business initiatives, including acquisitions, the ability to engage in expanded business activities, the ability to pay dividends, the level of deposit insurance costs and the level and nature of regulatory oversight depend, in part, on the Corporation’s capital position.
 
The assessment of capital adequacy depends on a number of factors such as asset quality, liquidity, earnings performance, changing competitive conditions and economic forces. The Corporation seeks to maintain a strong capital base to support its growth and expansion activities, to provide stability to current operations and to promote public confidence.
 
The Corporation has an effective shelf registration statement filed with the SEC. Pursuant to this registration statement, the Corporation may, from time to time, issue and sell in one or more offerings any combination of common stock, preferred stock, debt securities or trust preferred securities having a total dollar value up to $200.0 million. As of December 31, 2008, the Corporation has not issued any such stock or securities under this shelf registration.
 
Capital management is a continuous process. Both the Corporation and FNBPA are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by federal banking agencies. For additional information, see the Regulatory Matters footnote in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements, which is included in Item 8 of this Report. From time to time, the Corporation issues shares initially acquired by the Corporation as treasury stock under its various benefit plans. The Corporation may continue to grow through acquisitions, which can potentially impact its capital position. The Corporation may issue additional common stock in order maintain its well-capitalized status.
 
In late 2005, the four federal banking agencies, the OCC, FRB, FDIC and Office of Thrift Supervision, published an interagency advance notice of proposed rulemaking regarding potential revisions to the existing risk-based capital framework. These changes would apply to banks, bank holding companies and savings associations. The Corporation will continue to monitor these potential changes to the risk-based capital standards and will make the necessary changes to ensure that it remains well-capitalized.
 
ITEM 7A.      QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
 
The information called for by this item is provided in the Market Risk section of Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, which is included in Item 7 of this Report.


56


Table of Contents

ITEM 8.      FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
 
Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
 
F.N.B. Corporation (the Corporation) is responsible for the preparation, integrity and fair presentation of the consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report. The consolidated financial statements and notes included in this Annual Report have been prepared in conformity with United States generally accepted accounting principles (U.S. GAAP).
 
We, as management of the Corporation, are responsible for establishing and maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting that is designed to produce reliable financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP. The system of internal control over financial reporting as it relates to the financial statements is evaluated for effectiveness by management and tested for reliability through a program of internal audits. Actions are taken to correct potential deficiencies as they are identified. Any system of internal control, no matter how well designed, has inherent limitations, including the possibility that a control can be circumvented or overridden and misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected. Also, because of changes in conditions, internal control effectiveness may vary over time. Accordingly, even an effective system of internal control will provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation.
 
Management assessed the Corporation’s system of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008 in relation to criteria set forth for effective internal control over financial reporting as described in “Internal Control — Integrated Framework” issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Based on this assessment, management concluded that as of December 31, 2008, the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting is effective and meets the criteria of the “Internal Control — Integrated Framework.” Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, has issued an audit report on the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting.
 
     
/s/Stephen J. Gurgovits
  /s/Brian F. Lilly
 
Stephen J. Gurgovits
Chief Executive Officer
  Brian F. Lilly
Chief Financial Officer


57


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
 
The Board of Directors and Stockholders
F.N.B. Corporation
 
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of F.N.B. Corporation and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, and the related consolidated statements of income, shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2008. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
 
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of F.N.B. Corporation and subsidiaries at December 31, 2008 and 2007, and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2008, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
 
As discussed in footnotes 1 and 2 to the consolidated financial statements, F.N.B. Corporation changed its method of accounting for defined benefit pension and other postretirement plans as of December 31, 2006, in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement No, 158, Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans, and adopted the provisions of Staff Accounting Bulletin No, 108. Considering the Effects of Prior Year Misstatements when Quantifying Misstatements in Current Year Financial Statements in 2006, and changed its method of accounting for uncertain tax positions on January 1, 2007, in accordance with FASB Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes.
 
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), F.N.B. Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated February 25, 2009, expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.
 
/s/Ernst & Young LLP
 
Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania
February 25, 2009


58


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
 
The Board of Directors and Stockholders
F.N.B. Corporation
 
We have audited F.N.B. Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (the COSO criteria). F.N.B. Corporation’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Report of Management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.
 
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. Because management’s assessment and our audit were conducted to also meet the reporting requirements of Section 112 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act (FDICIA), management’s assessment and our audit of F.N.B. Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting included controls over the preparation of financial statements in accordance with the instructions for the preparation of Consolidated Financial Statements for Bank Holding Companies (Form FR Y-9C). A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
 
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
 
In our opinion, F.N.B Corporation maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008, based on the COSO criteria.
 
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of F.N.B. Corporation as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, and the related consolidated statements of income, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2008, and our report dated February 25, 2009 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.
 
/s/Ernst & Young LLP
 
Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania
February 25, 2009


59


Table of Contents

F.N.B. Corporation and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Balance Sheets
Dollars in thousands, except par values
 
                 
    December 31  
    2008     2007  
 
Assets
               
Cash and due from banks
  $ 169,224     $ 130,235  
Interest bearing deposits with banks
    2,979       482  
Securities available for sale
    482,270       358,421  
Securities held to maturity (fair value of $851,251 and $665,914)
    843,863       667,553  
Mortgage loans held for sale
    10,708       5,637  
Loans, net of unearned income of $33,962 and $25,747
    5,820,380       4,344,235  
Allowance for loan losses
    (104,730 )     (52,806 )
                 
Net Loans
    5,715,650       4,291,429  
Premises and equipment, net
    122,599       80,472  
Goodwill
    528,278       242,120  
Core deposit and other intangible assets, net
    46,229       19,439  
Bank owned life insurance
    217,737       133,885  
Other assets
    225,274       158,348  
                 
Total Assets
  $ 8,364,811     $ 6,088,021  
                 
                 
Liabilities
               
Deposits:
               
Non-interest bearing demand
  $ 919,539     $ 626,141  
Savings and NOW
    2,816,628       2,037,160  
Certificates and other time deposits
    2,318,456       1,734,383  
                 
Total Deposits
    6,054,623       4,397,684  
Other liabilities
    92,305       63,760  
Short-term borrowings
    596,263       449,823  
Long-term debt
    490,250       481,366  
Junior subordinated debt owed to unconsolidated subsidiary trusts
    205,386       151,031  
                 
Total Liabilities
    7,438,827       5,543,664  
                 
Stockholders’ Equity
               
Common stock — $0.01 par value
               
Authorized — 500,000,000 shares
               
Issued — 89,726,592 and 60,602,218
    894       602  
Additional paid-in capital
    953,200       508,891  
Retained earnings
    (1,143 )     42,426  
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
    (26,505 )     (6,738 )
Treasury stock — 26,440 and 47,970 shares at cost
    (462 )     (824 )
                 
Total Stockholders’ Equity
    925,984       544,357  
                 
Total Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity
  $ 8,364,811     $ 6,088,021  
                 
 
See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements


60


Table of Contents

F.N.B. Corporation and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Income
Dollars in thousands, except per share data
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31  
    2008     2007     2006  
 
Interest Income
                       
Loans, including fees
  $ 352,687     $ 318,015     $ 288,553  
Securities:
                       
Taxable
    49,742       44,128       47,319  
Nontaxable
    6,686       5,828       4,757  
Dividends
    274       294       533  
Other
    392       625       1,260  
                         
Total Interest Income
    409,781       368,890       342,422  
Interest Expense
                       
Deposits
    111,568       124,276       106,679  
Short-term borrowings
    13,030       19,435       15,785  
Long-term debt
    21,044       19,360       20,752  
Junior subordinated debt owed to unconsolidated subsidiary trusts
    12,347       10,982       10,369  
                         
Total Interest Expense
    157,989       174,053       153,585  
                         
Net Interest Income
    251,792       194,837       188,837  
Provision for loan losses
    72,371       12,693       10,412  
                         
Net Interest Income After Provision for Loan Losses
    179,421       182,144       178,425  
Non-Interest Income
                       
Service charges
    54,691       40,827       40,053  
Insurance commissions and fees
    15,572       13,994       13,988  
Securities commissions and fees
    8,128       6,326       4,871  
Trust
    12,095       8,577       7,780  
Bank owned life insurance
    6,408       4,117       3,368  
Gain on sale of mortgage loans
    1,824       1,715       1,607  
Gain on sale of securities
    834       1,155       1,802  
Impairment loss on securities
    (17,189 )     (118 )      
Other
    3,752       5,016       5,806  
                         
Total Non-Interest Income
    86,115       81,609       79,275  
Non-Interest Expense
                       
Salaries and employee benefits
    116,819       87,219       83,649  
Net occupancy
    17,888       14,676       13,963  
Equipment
    16,357       13,061       13,600  
Amortization of intangibles
    6,442       4,406       4,148  
Outside services
    20,918       15,956       14,794  
State taxes
    6,550       5,451       4,682  
Telephone
    5,336       4,035       4,094  
Advertising and promotional
    4,589       2,914       2,845  
Insurance claims paid
    2,768       2,309       2,558  
Merger related
    4,724       210       564  
Other
    20,313       15,377       15,617  
                         
Total Non-Interest Expense
    222,704       165,614       160,514  
                         
Income Before Income Taxes
    42,832       98,139       97,186  
Income taxes
    7,237       28,461       29,537  
                         
Net Income
  $ 35,595     $ 69,678     $ 67,649  
                         
Net Income per Common Share
                       
Basic
  $ 0.44     $ 1.16     $ 1.15  
                         
Diluted
  $ 0.44     $ 1.15     $ 1.14  
                         
Cash Dividends Paid per Common Share
  $ 0.96     $ 0.95     $ 0.94  
                         
 
See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements


61


Table of Contents

F.N.B. Corporation and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity
Dollars in thousands
 
                                                                 
                            Accumu-
                   
                            lated
                   
                Addi-
          Other
    Deferred
             
    Compre-
    Com-
    tional
          Compre-
    Stock
             
    hensive
    mon
    Paid-In
    Retained
    hensive
    Compen-
    Treasury
       
    Income     Stock     Capital     Earnings     Income     sation     Stock     Total  
 
Balance at January 1, 2006
          $ 575     $ 454,546     $ 24,376     $ 3,597     $ (4,154 )   $ (1,738 )   $ 477,202  
Net income
  $ 67,649                       67,649                               67,649  
Change in other comprehensive income (loss)
    (438 )                             (438 )                     (438 )
                                                                 
Comprehensive income
  $ 67,211                                                          
                                                                 
Cumulative effect of change in accounting for pension and postretirement obligations
                                    (4,705 )                     (4,705 )
Cumulative effect of change in accounting from adoption of SAB 108
                            (1,599 )                             (1,599 )
Common dividends declared: $0.94/share
                            (55,362 )                             (55,362 )
Purchase of common stock
                                                    (9,649 )     (9,649 )
Issuance of common stock
            29       53,803       (1,743 )                     10,359       62,448  
Restricted stock compensation
                    1,203                                       1,203  
Tax benefit of stock-based compensation
                    623                                       623  
Reclassification arising from adoption of FAS 123R
            (3 )     (4,151 )                     4,154                
                                                                 
Balance at December 31, 2006
            601       506,024       33,321       (1,546 )           (1,028 )     537,372  
Net income
  $ 69,678                       69,678                               69,678  
Change in other comprehensive income (loss)
    (5,192 )                             (5,192 )                     (5,192 )
                                                                 
Comprehensive income
  $ 64,486                                                          
                                                                 
Common dividends declared: $0.95/share
                            (57,450 )                             (57,450 )
Purchase of common stock
                                                    (9,175 )     (9,175 )
Issuance of common stock
            1       1       (1,949 )                     9,379       7,432  
Restricted stock compensation
                    2,231                                       2,231  
Tax benefit of stock-based compensation
                    635                                       635  
Adjustment to initially apply FIN 48, net of tax
                            (1,174 )                             (1,174 )
                                                                 
Balance at December 31, 2007
            602       508,891       42,426       (6,738 )           (824 )     544,357  
Net income
  $ 35,595                       35,595                               35,595  
Change in other comprehensive income (loss)
    (19,767 )                             (19,767 )                     (19,767 )
                                                                 
Comprehensive income
  $ 15,828                                                          
                                                                 
Common dividends declared: $0.96/share
                            (78,283 )                             (78,283 )
Issuance of common stock
            292       441,403       (275 )                     362       441,782  
Restricted stock compensation
                    2,049                                       2,049  
Tax benefit of stock-based compensation
                    857                                       857  
Adjustment to initially apply EITF 06-04 and 06-10
                            (606 )                             (606 )
                                                                 
Balance at December 31, 2008
          $ 894     $ 953,200     $ (1,143 )   $ (26,505 )         $ (462 )   $ 925,984  
                                                                 
 
See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements


62


Table of Contents

F.N.B. Corporation and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
Dollars in thousands
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31  
    2008     2007     2006  
 
Operating Activities
                       
Net income
  $ 35,595     $ 69,678     $ 67,649  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash flows provided by operating activities:
                       
Depreciation, amortization and accretion
    20,970       13,433       14,467  
Provision for loan losses
    72,371       12,693       10,412  
Deferred income taxes
    (10,998 )     3,080       955  
(Gain) loss on sale or impairment of securities
    16,354       (1,155 )     (1,802 )
Tax benefit of stock-based compensation
    (857 )     (635 )     (623 )
Net change in:
                       
Interest receivable
    4,171       117       (2,952 )
Interest payable
    (320 )     (3,095 )     1,698  
Loans held for sale
    (5,071 )     (1,682 )     784  
Trading securities
    264,416              
Bank owned life insurance
    (4,648 )     (2,494 )     (756 )
Other, net
    (15,046 )     9,885       27,164  
                         
Net cash flows provided by operating activities
    376,937       99,825       116,996  
                         
Investing Activities
                       
Net change in:
                       
Interest bearing deposits with banks
    4,126       990       (846 )
Loans
    (271,604 )     (108,119 )     (224,556 )
Securities available for sale:
                       
Purchases
    (345,885 )     (265,278 )     (42,918 )
Sales
    2,521       3,162       27,081  
Maturities
    221,255       158,805       75,181  
Securities held to maturity:
                       
Purchases
    (302,794 )     (87,600 )     (26,761 )
Maturities
    149,762       195,454       130,532  
Increase in premises and equipment
    (14,194 )     (2,761 )     (4,222 )
Acquisitions, net of cash acquired
    57,412             (17,123 )
                         
Net cash flows used in investing activities
    (499,401 )     (105,347 )     (83,632 )
                         
Financing Activities
                       
Net change in:
                       
Non-interest bearing deposits, savings, and NOW accounts
    162,097       63,977       120,491  
Time deposits
    (50,299 )     (39,135 )     (3,251 )
Short-term borrowings
    118,658       85,913       (67,417 )
Proceeds from the issuance of junior subordinated debt owed to unconsolidated subsidiary trusts
                22,165  
Increase in long-term debt
    121,630       230,428       29,749  
Decrease in long-term debt
    (120,746 )     (268,952 )     (81,484 )
Decrease in junior subordinated debt
    (506 )            
Purchase of common stock
          (9,175 )     (9,649 )
Issuance of common stock
    8,045       7,154       1,529  
Tax benefit of stock-based compensation
    857       635       623  
Cash dividends paid
    (78,283 )     (57,450 )     (55,362 )
                         
Net cash flows provided by (used in) financing activities
    161,453       13,395       (42,606 )
                         
Net Increase (Decrease) in Cash and Due from Banks
    38,989       7,873       (9,242 )
Cash and due from banks at beginning of year
    130,235       122,362       131,604  
                         
Cash and Due from Banks at End of Year
  $ 169,224     $ 130,235     $ 122,362  
                         
 
See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements


63


Table of Contents

F.N.B. Corporation and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
Nature of Operations
 
F.N.B. Corporation (the Corporation) is a diversified financial services company headquartered in Hermitage, Pennsylvania. Its primary businesses include community banking, consumer finance, wealth management and insurance. The Corporation also conducts leasing and merchant banking activities. The Corporation operates its community banking business through a full service branch network in Pennsylvania and Ohio and loan production offices in Pennsylvania, Ohio, Florida and Tennessee. The Corporation operates its wealth management and insurance businesses within the existing branch network. It also conducts selected consumer finance business in Pennsylvania, Ohio and Tennessee.
 
1.   Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
 
Basis of Presentation
 
The Corporation’s accompanying consolidated financial statements and these notes to the financial statements include subsidiaries in which the Corporation has a controlling financial interest. Companies in which the Corporation controls operating and financing decisions (principally defined as owning a voting or economic interest greater than 50%) are also consolidated. Variable interest entities are consolidated if the Corporation is exposed to the majority of the variable interest entity’s expected losses and/or residual returns (i.e., the Corporation is considered to be the primary beneficiary). The Corporation owns and operates First National Bank of Pennsylvania (FNBPA), First National Trust Company, First National Investment Services Company, LLC, F.N.B. Investment Advisors, Inc., First National Insurance Agency, LLC, Regency Finance Company, F.N.B. Capital Corporation, LLC and Bank Capital Services, and results for each of these entities are included in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.
 
The Corporation completed several acquisitions during 2008 and 2006. These acquisitions are discussed in the Mergers and Acquisitions footnote. The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the results of operations of the acquired entities from their respective dates of acquisition.
 
The accompanying consolidated financial statements include all adjustments that are necessary, in the opinion of management, to fairly reflect the Corporation’s financial position and results of operations. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated. Certain prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current period presentation.
 
Use of Estimates
 
The accounting and reporting policies of the Corporation conform with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP). The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could materially differ from those estimates. Material estimates that are particularly susceptible to significant changes include the allowance for loan losses, securities valuation, goodwill and other intangible assets and income taxes.
 
Business Combinations
 
Business combinations are accounted for under the purchase method of accounting. Under the purchase method of accounting, assets and liabilities are recorded at their estimated fair values as of the date of acquisition with any excess of the cost of the acquisition over the fair value of the net tangible and intangible assets acquired recorded as goodwill. Results of operations of the acquired entities are included in the consolidated statement of income from the date of acquisition.
 
Cash Equivalents
 
The Corporation considers cash and demand balances due from banks as cash and cash equivalents.


64


Table of Contents

Securities
 
Investment securities, which consist of debt securities and certain equity securities, comprise a significant portion of the Corporation’s consolidated balance sheet. Such securities can be classified as “Trading,” “Securities Held to Maturity” or “Securities Available for Sale.”
 
Securities are classified as trading securities when management intends to resell such securities in the near term and are carried at fair value, with unrealized gains (losses) reflected through the consolidated statement of income. As of December 31, 2008 and 2007, the Corporation did not hold any trading securities.
 
Securities held to maturity are comprised of debt securities, for which management has the positive intent and ability to hold such securities until their maturity. Such securities are carried at cost, adjusted for related amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts through interest income from securities.
 
Securities that are not classified as trading or held to maturity are classified as available for sale. The Corporation’s available for sale securities portfolio is comprised of debt securities and marketable equity securities. Such securities are carried at fair value with net unrealized gains and losses deemed to be temporary reported separately as a component in other comprehensive income, net of tax. Realized gains and losses on the sale of available for sale securities and OTTI charges are recorded within non-interest income in the consolidated statement of income. Realized gains and losses on the sale of securities are determined using the specific-identification method.
 
Securities are periodically reviewed for OTTI based upon a number of factors, including, but not limited to, the length of time and extent to which the market value has been at less than cost, the financial condition of the underlying issuer, the ability of the issuer to meet contractual obligations, the likelihood of the security’s ability to recover any decline in its market value and management’s intent and ability to retain the security for a period of time sufficient to allow for a recovery in market value or maturity. Among the factors that are considered in determining management’s intent and ability is a review of the Corporation’s capital adequacy, interest rate risk position and liquidity. The assessment of a security’s ability to recover any decline in market value, the ability of the issuer to meet contractual obligations and management’s intent and ability requires considerable judgment. A decline in value that is considered to be other-than-temporary is recorded as a loss within non-interest income in the consolidated statement of income.
 
Securities Sold Under Agreements to Repurchase
 
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase are accounted for as collateralized financing transactions and are recorded at the amounts at which the securities were sold plus accrued interest. Securities, generally U.S. government and federal agency securities, pledged as collateral under these financing arrangements cannot be sold or repledged by the secured party. The fair value of collateral either received from or provided to a third party is continually monitored and additional collateral is obtained or is requested to be returned to the Corporation as deemed appropriate.
 
Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities
 
From time to time, the Corporation may enter into derivative transactions principally to protect against the risk of adverse price or interest rate movements on the value of certain assets and liabilities and on future cash flows. The Corporation formally documents all relationships between hedging instruments and hedged items, as well as its risk management objective and strategy for undertaking each hedge transaction. All derivative instruments are carried at fair value on the balance sheet in accordance with the requirements of FAS 133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities.
 
Cash flow hedges are accounted for under the requirements of FAS 133 by recording the fair value of the derivative instrument on the balance sheet as either a freestanding asset or liability, with a corresponding offset recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income within stockholders’ equity, net of tax. Amounts are reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income to the consolidated statement of income in the period or periods in which the hedged transaction affects earnings.


65


Table of Contents

Derivative gains and losses under cash flow hedges not effective in hedging the change in fair value or expected cash flows of the hedged item are recognized immediately in the consolidated statement of income. At the hedge’s inception and at least quarterly thereafter, a formal assessment is performed to determine whether changes in the fair values or cash flows of the derivative instruments have been highly effective in offsetting changes in fair values or cash flows of the hedged items and whether they are expected to be highly effective in the future. If it is determined a derivative instrument has not been or will not continue to be highly effective as a hedge, hedge accounting is discontinued.
 
Mortgage Loans Held for Sale and Loan Commitments
 
Certain residential mortgage loans are originated for sale in the secondary mortgage loan market and typically sold with servicing rights released. These loans are classified as loans held for sale and are carried at the lower of cost or estimated market value on an aggregate basis. Market value is determined on the basis of rates obtained in the respective secondary market for the type of loan held for sale. Loans are generally sold at a premium or discount from the carrying amount of the loan. Such premium or discount is recognized at the date of sale. Gain or loss on the sale of loans is recorded in non-interest income at the time consideration is received and all other criteria for sales treatment have been met.
 
The Corporation routinely issues commitments to make loans as a part of its residential lending operations. These commitments are considered derivatives. The Corporation also enters into commitments to sell loans to mitigate the risk that the market value of residential loans may decline between the time the rate commitment is issued to the customer and the time the Corporation contracts to sell the loan. These commitments and sales contracts are also derivatives. Both types of derivatives are recorded at fair value. Sales contracts and commitments to sell loans are not designated as hedges of the fair value of loans held for sale. Fair value adjustments related to derivatives are recorded in current period earnings as an adjustment to net gains on sale of loans.
 
Loans and the Allowance for Loan Losses
 
Loans are reported at their principal amount outstanding net of unearned income, unamortized premiums or discounts, acquisition fair value adjustments and any deferred origination fees or costs.
 
Interest income on loans is accrued on the principal outstanding. It is the Corporation’s policy to discontinue interest accruals generally when principal or interest is due and has remained unpaid for 90 days or more unless the loan is both well secured and in the process of collection. When a loan is placed on non-accrual status, all unpaid interest is reversed. Payments on non-accrual loans are generally applied to either principal or interest or both, depending on management’s evaluation of collectibility. Consumer installment loans are generally charged off against the allowance for loan losses upon reaching 90 to 180 days past due, depending on the loan type. Commercial loan charges-offs, either in whole or in part, are generally made as soon as facts and circumstances raise a serious doubt as to the collectibility of all or a portion of the principal. Loan origination fees and related costs are deferred and recognized over the life of the loans as an adjustment of yield in interest income.
 
The allowance for loan losses is maintained at a level that, in management’s judgment, is believed adequate to absorb probable losses associated with specifically identified loans, as well as estimated probable credit losses inherent in the remainder of the loan portfolio at the balance sheet date. The allowance for loan losses is based on management’s evaluation of potential loan losses in the loan portfolio, which includes an assessment of past experience, current economic conditions in specific industries and geographic areas, general economic conditions, known and inherent risks in the loan portfolio, the estimated value of underlying collateral and residuals and changes in the composition of the loan portfolio. Determination of the allowance is inherently subjective as it requires significant estimates, including the amounts and timing of expected future cash flows on impaired loans, estimated losses on pools of homogeneous loans based on historical loss experience and consideration of current environmental factors and economic trends, all of which are susceptible to significant change. Loan losses are charged off against the allowance when the loss actually occurs or when a determination is made that a loss is probable while recoveries of amounts previously charged off are credited to the allowance. A provision for credit losses is recorded based on management’s periodic evaluation of the factors previously mentioned as well as other pertinent factors. Evaluations are conducted at least quarterly and more often as deemed necessary.


66


Table of Contents

Management estimates the allowance for loan losses pursuant to FAS 5, Accounting for Contingencies, and FAS 114, Accounting by Creditors for Impairment of a Loan. Larger balance commercial and commercial real estate loans that are considered impaired as defined in FAS 114 are reviewed individually to assess the likelihood and severity of loss exposure. Loans subject to individual review are, where appropriate, reserved for according to the present value of expected future cash flows available to repay the loan, or the estimated fair value less estimated selling costs of the collateral. Commercial loans excluded from individual assessment, as well as smaller balance homogeneous loans, such as consumer, residential real estate and home equity loans, are evaluated for loss exposure under FAS 5 based upon historical loss rates for each of these categories of loans. Historical loss rates for each of these loan categories may be adjusted to reflect management’s estimates of the impacts of current economic conditions, trends in delinquencies and non-performing loans, volume, concentrations and mergers and acquisitions, as well as changes in credit underwriting and approval requirements. The accrual of interest on impaired loans is discontinued when the loan is 90 days past due or in management’s opinion the account should be placed on non-accrual status (loans partially charged off are immediately placed on non-accrual status). When interest accrual is discontinued, all unpaid accrued interest is reversed against interest income. Interest income is subsequently recognized only to the extent that cash payments are received.
 
Acquired Loans
 
Any loans acquired through the completion of a transfer, including loans acquired in a business combination, that have evidence of deterioration of credit quality since origination and for which it is probable at acquisition, that the Corporation will be unable to collect all contractually required payments receivable, are initially recorded at fair value (as determined by the present value of expected future cash flows) with no valuation allowance. The difference between the undiscounted cash flows expected at acquisition and the investment in the loan, or the “accretable yield,” is recognized as interest income on a level-yield method over the life of the loan. Contractually required payments for interest and principal that exceed the undiscounted cash flows expected at acquisition, or the “nonaccretable difference,” are recorded in other non-interest income. Increases in expected cash flows subsequent to the initial investment are recognized prospectively through adjustment of the yield on the loan over its remaining life. Decreases in expected cash flows are recognized as impairment. Valuation allowances on these impaired loans reflect only losses incurred after the acquisition.
 
Premises and Equipment
 
Premises and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the asset’s estimated useful life. Leasehold improvements are expensed over the lesser of the asset’s estimated useful life or the term of the lease including renewal periods when reasonably assured. Useful lives are dependent upon the nature and condition of the asset and range from 3 to 40 years. Maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred, while major improvements are capitalized and amortized to operating expense over the identified useful life.
 
Other Real Estate Owned
 
OREO is comprised principally of commercial and residential real estate properties obtained in partial or total satisfaction of loan obligations. OREO acquired in settlement of indebtedness is included in other assets at the estimated fair value less estimated selling costs. Changes to the value subsequent to transfer are recorded in non-interest expense along with direct operating expenses. Gains or losses not previously recognized resulting from the sale of OREO are recognized in non-interest expense on the date of sale.
 
Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets
 
Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of an acquisition over the fair value of the net assets acquired. Other intangible assets represent purchased assets that lack physical substance but can be distinguished from goodwill because of contractual or other legal rights. For each acquisition, goodwill and other intangible assets are allocated to the reporting units based upon the relative fair value of the assets and liabilities assigned to each reporting unit. Intangible assets that have finite lives, such as core deposit intangibles, customer relationship intangibles and renewal lists, are amortized over their estimated useful lives and subject to periodic impairment


67


Table of Contents

testing. Core deposit intangibles are primarily amortized over ten years using straight line and accelerated methods. Customer and renewal lists and other intangible assets are amortized over their estimated useful lives which range from ten to twelve years.
 
The Corporation performed an annual test of goodwill and other intangibles as of September 30, 2008, and concluded that the recorded values were not impaired. Additionally, due to market conditions surrounding the banking industry, the Corporation updated its impairment analysis as of December 31, 2008, and concluded that the recorded values were not impaired. However, future events could cause the Corporation to conclude that goodwill or other intangibles are impaired, which would result in recording an impairment loss. Any resulting impairment loss could have a material adverse impact on the Corporation’s financial condition and result of operations.
 
Determining the fair value of a reporting unit under the first step of the goodwill impairment test and determining the fair value of individual assets and liabilities of a reporting unit under the second step of the goodwill impairment test are judgmental and often involve the use of significant estimates and assumptions. Similarly, estimates and assumptions are used in determining the fair value of other intangible assets. Estimates of fair value are primarily determined using discounted cash flows, market comparisons and recent transactions. These approaches use significant estimates and assumptions including projected future cash flows, discount rates reflecting the market rate of return, growth rates and determination and evaluation of appropriate market comparables.
 
Income Taxes
 
The Corporation and a majority of its subsidiaries file a consolidated federal income tax return. The provision for federal and state income taxes is based on income reported on the consolidated financial statements, rather than the amounts reported on the respective income tax returns. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are computed using tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those assets and liabilities are expected to be realized. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities resulting from a change in tax rates is recognized as income or expense in the period that the change in tax rates is enacted.
 
The Corporation makes certain estimates and judgments in determining income tax expense for financial statement purposes. These estimates and judgments are applied in the calculation of certain tax credits and in the calculation of the deferred income tax expense or benefit associated with certain deferred tax assets and liabilities. Significant changes to these estimates may result in an increase or decrease to the Corporation’s tax provision in a subsequent period. The Corporation recognizes interest and/or penalties related to income tax matters in income tax expense.
 
The Corporation assesses the likelihood that it will be able to recover its deferred tax assets. If recovery is not likely, the Corporation will increase its provision for income taxes by recording a valuation allowance against the deferred tax assets that are unlikely to be recovered. The Corporation believes that a substantial majority of the deferred tax assets recorded on the balance sheet will ultimately be recovered. However, should there be a change in the Corporation’s ability to recover its deferred tax assets, the effect of this change would be recorded through the provision for income taxes in the period during which such change occurs.
 
The Corporation adopted FAS Interpretation (FIN) 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes, as of January 1, 2007. Under FIN 48, a tax position is recognized as a benefit only if it is “more likely than not” that the tax position would be sustained in a tax examination, with a tax examination being presumed to occur. The amount recognized is the largest amount of tax benefit that is greater than 50% likely of being realized on examination. For tax positions not meeting the “more likely than not” test, no tax benefit is recorded. Details relating to the adoption of FIN 48 and the impact on the Corporation’s consolidated financial statements are more fully discussed in the Income Taxes footnote.
 
Advertising and Promotional Costs
 
Advertising and promotional costs are generally expensed as incurred.


68


Table of Contents

Per Share Amounts
 
Basic earnings per common share is calculated by dividing net income by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding net of unvested shares of restricted stock.
 
Diluted earnings per common share is calculated by dividing net income adjusted for interest expense on convertible debt by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding, adjusted for the dilutive effect of potential common shares issuable for stock options, warrants, restricted shares and convertible debt as calculated using the treasury stock method. Such adjustments to the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding are made only when such adjustments dilute earnings per common share.
 
Pension and Postretirement Benefit Plans
 
The Corporation sponsors pension and other postretirement benefit plans for its employees. The expense associated with the pension plans is calculated in accordance with FAS 87, Employers’ Accounting for Pensions, while the expense associated with the postretirement benefit plans is calculated in accordance with FAS 106, Employers’ Accounting for Postretirement Benefits Other Than Pensions. The associated expense utilizes assumptions and methods determined in accordance therewith, including a policy of reflecting trust assets at their fair market value for the qualified pension plans. The Corporation adopted FAS 158, Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans, on December 31, 2006 and began recognizing the overfunded and underfunded status of the pension and postretirement plans on its consolidated balance sheet. Gains and losses, prior service costs and credits and remaining transition amounts under FAS 87 and FAS 106 are recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income, net of tax, until they are amortized. The Corporation complied with the requirement under FAS 158 to measure plan assets and benefit obligations as of December 31, 2006, resulting in a $5.1 million reduction to equity within accumulated other comprehensive income, a decrease in prepaid pension asset of $9.4 million, a decrease in accrued postretirement benefit obligation of $1.5 million, and an increase in deferred tax asset of $2.8 million.
 
Stock Based Compensation
 
The Corporation accounts for its stock based compensation awards in accordance with FAS 123R, Share-Based Payment, which requires the measurement and recognition of compensation expense, based on estimated fair values, for all share-based awards, including stock options and restricted stock, made to employees and directors. The Corporation adopted FAS 123R on January 1, 2006 using the modified prospective transition method. In accordance with the modified prospective transition method, the consolidated financial statements for years prior to adoption have not been restated to reflect, and do not include, the impact of FAS 123R. Prior to the adoption of FAS 123R, the Corporation accounted for share-based awards to employees and directors using the intrinsic value method in accordance with Accounting Principles Board (APB) Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees, as allowed under FAS 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation.
 
FAS 123R requires companies to estimate the fair value of share-based awards on the date of grant. The value of the portion of the award that is ultimately expected to vest is recognized as expense in the Corporation’s consolidated statement of income over the requisite service periods. Because share-based compensation expense is based on awards that are ultimately expected to vest, share-based compensation expense has been reduced to account for estimated forfeitures. FAS 123R requires forfeitures to be estimated at the time of grant and revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. For periods prior to 2006, the Corporation accounted for forfeitures as they occurred in the consolidated financial statements under APB Opinion No. 25 and in the pro forma information under FAS 123. The cumulative effect of the accounting change associated with the adoption of FAS 123R was a reduction in compensation expense of less than $0.1 million.
 
FAS 123R also requires that awards be expensed over the shorter of the requisite service period or the period through the date that the employee first becomes eligible to retire. Prior to the adoption of FAS 123R, the Corporation recorded compensation expense for retirement-eligible employees ratably over the vesting period.
 
In November 2005, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued FSP 123(R)-3, Transition Election Related to Accounting for the Tax Effects of Share-Based Payment Awards. FSP 123(R)-3 provides an


69


Table of Contents

elective alternative transition method for calculating the pool of excess tax benefits available to absorb tax deficiencies recognized subsequent to the adoption of FAS 123R, which the Corporation elected to utilize.
 
2.   New Accounting Standards
 
Determining Whether Impairment of a Debt Security is Other-Than-Temporary
 
In January 2009, the FASB issued FSP EITF 99-20-1, which amends EITF 99-20 to align the impairment guidance in EITF 99-20 with that in FAS 115 and related implementation guidance.
 
Prior to the issuance of FSP EITF 99-20-1, GAAP had two different models for determining whether the impairment of a debt security is other-than-temporary. The differences are summarized as follows:
 
a.  EITF 99-20 requires the use of market participant assumptions about future cash flows. This cannot be overcome by management judgment of the probability of collecting all cash flows previously projected.
 
b.  FAS 115 does not require exclusive reliance on market participant assumptions about future cash flows. Rather, FAS 115 permits the use of reasonable management judgment of the probability that the holder will be unable to collect all amounts due.
 
Eliminating the key distinctions between the two achieves more consistent determination of whether OTTI has occurred. Specifically, FSP EITF 99-20-1 removes the requirement to use market participant assumptions when determining future cash flows and instead, requires an assessment of whether it is probable that there has been an adverse change in estimated cash flows. The FSP retains and emphasizes the objective of OTTI assessment and the related disclosure requirements in FAS 115. The provisions of FSP EITF 99-20-1 are effective for interim and annual reporting periods ending after December 15, 2008, and are to be applied prospectively. Accordingly, the Corporation adopted the FSP beginning October 1, 2008 and considered this guidance in determining OTTI on December 31, 2008.
 
Pensions and Other Postretirement Benefits
 
In December 2008, the FASB issued FSP FAS 132(R)-1, Employers’ Disclosures about Pensions and Other Postretirement Benefits, to require more detailed disclosures about employers’ plan assets, including employers’ investment strategies, major categories of plan assets, concentrations of risk within plan assets and valuation techniques used to measure the fair value of plan assets. FAS 132(R)-1 is effective for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2009. The Corporation has not yet determined the impact that the adoption of FAS 132(R)-1 will have on its consolidated financial statements.
 
Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities
 
In March 2008, the FASB issued FAS 161, Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities — an Amendment of FASB Statement No. 133, which enhances disclosures about derivatives and hedging activities and thereby improves the transparency of financial reporting. The Corporation will be required to apply the new guidance prospectively beginning January 1, 2009, and does not expect it to have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.
 
Business Combinations
 
In December 2007, the FASB issued FAS 141R, Business Combinations, which establishes principles and requirements for how an acquirer recognizes and measures in its financial statements the identifiable assets acquired, the liabilities assumed, any non-controlling interest in the acquiree and the goodwill acquired. FAS 141R also establishes disclosure requirements which will enable users to evaluate the nature and financial effects of the business combination. FAS 141R is effective for the Corporation for acquisitions made after January 1, 2009 and has not been used by the Corporation in recognizing and measuring the Omega and IRGB acquisitions.


70


Table of Contents

Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements
 
In December 2007, the FASB issued FAS 160, Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements, an Amendment of Accounting Research Bulletin (ARB) No. 51. FAS 160 establishes accounting and reporting standards for ownership interest in a subsidiary and for the deconsolidation of a subsidiary. The Corporation will be required to apply the new guidance prospectively beginning January 1, 2009, and does not expect it to have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.
 
Accounting for Income Tax Benefits of Dividends on Share-Based Payment Awards
 
In June 2007, the FASB ratified the consensus reached in EITF 06-11, Accounting for Income Tax Benefits of Dividends on Share-Based Payment Awards. EITF 06-11 applies to companies that have share-based payment arrangements that entitle employees to receive dividends or dividend equivalents on equity-classified nonvested shares when those dividends or dividend equivalents are charged to retained earnings and result in an income tax deduction. Companies that have share-based payment arrangements that fall within the scope of EITF 06-11 will be required to increase capital surplus for any realized income tax benefit associated with dividend or dividend equivalents paid to employees for equity classified nonvested equity awards. Any increase recorded to capital surplus is required to be included in a company’s pool of excess tax benefits that are available to absorb potential future tax deficiencies on share-based payment awards. The application of this guidance did not impact the Corporation’s consolidated financial statements since dividends accrued on its unvested awards are subject to forfeiture.
 
Accounting for Collateral Assignment Split Dollar Life Insurance
 
In March 2007, the FASB ratified EITF 06-10, Accounting for Collateral Assignment Split Dollar Life Insurance. EITF 06-10 concludes that an employer should recognize a liability for the postretirement benefit related to a collateral assignment split dollar life insurance arrangement in accordance with either FAS 106, Employers’ Accounting for Postretirement Benefits Other Than Pensions, or APB Opinion No. 12, Omnibus Opinion — 1967, if the employer has agreed to maintain a life insurance policy during the employee’s retirement or to provide the employee with a death benefit based on the substantive arrangement with the employee. EITF 06-10 also concludes that an employer should recognize and measure an asset based on the nature and substance of the collateral assignment split dollar life insurance arrangement. The determination of the nature and substance of the arrangement should involve an evaluation of all available information, including an assessment of the future cash flows to which the employer is entitled and the employee’s obligation and ability to repay the employer. The Corporation adopted EITF 06-10 on January 1, 2008 resulting in a decrease of $0.7 million in retained earnings and an increase of $0.7 million in accrued bank owned life insurance.
 
Accounting for Deferred Compensation and Postretirement Benefit Aspects of Endorsement Split Dollar Life Insurance Arrangements
 
In September 2006, the FASB ratified EITF 06-04, Accounting for Deferred Compensation and Postretirement Benefit Aspects of Endorsement Split Dollar Life Insurance Arrangements. EITF 06-04 concludes that an employer should recognize a liability for the future benefits related to an endorsement split dollar life insurance arrangement in accordance with either FAS 106 or APB Opinion No. 12, Omnibus — 1967. The Corporation adopted EITF 06-04 on January 1, 2008 resulting in an increase of $0.1 million in retained earnings and a decrease of $0.1 million in accrued bank owned life insurance.
 
Fair Value Measurements
 
In September 2006, the FASB issued FAS 157, Fair Value Measurements, which replaces the different definitions of fair value in existing accounting literature with a single definition, sets out a framework for measuring fair value and requires additional disclosures about fair value measurements. The statement clarifies the principle that fair value should be based on the assumptions market participants would use when pricing the asset or liability and establishes a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the information used to develop those assumptions. The


71


Table of Contents

Corporation adopted the provisions of FAS 157 on January 1, 2008. For additional information regarding FAS 157, see the Fair Value Measurements footnote included in this Report.
 
In February 2008, the FASB issued FSP 157-2, which delays the effective date of FAS 157 for nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities, except for items that are recognized or disclosed at fair value in the financial statements on a recurring basis (at least annually). The provisions of FSP 157-2 are effective for the Corporation on January 1, 2009. The Corporation is currently evaluating the impact that the adoption of FAS 157, as it pertains to nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities, will have on its consolidated financial statements.
 
In October 2008, the FASB issued FSP 157-3, which clarifies the application of FAS 157 in an inactive market and illustrates how an entity would determine fair value when the market for a financial asset is not active. The FSP states that an entity should not automatically conclude that a particular transaction price is determinative of fair value. In a dislocated market, judgment is required to evaluate whether individual transactions are forced liquidations or distressed sales. When relevant observable market information is not available, a valuation approach that incorporates management’s judgments about the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset in a current sale transaction would be acceptable. The FSP also indicates that quotes from brokers or pricing services may be relevant inputs when measuring fair value, but are not necessarily determinative in the absence of an active market for the asset. In weighing a broker quote as an input to a fair value measurement, an entity should place less reliance on quotes that do not reflect the result of market transactions. Further, the nature of the quote (for example, whether the quote is an indicative price or a binding offer) should be considered when weighing the available evidence. The FSP is effective immediately and applies to prior periods for which financial statements have not been issued, including interim or annual periods ending on or before September 30, 2008. Accordingly, the Corporation adopted the FSP prospectively, beginning July 1, 2008 and considered this guidance in determining fair value measurements on December 31, 2008.
 
Considering the Effects of Prior Year Misstatements when Quantifying Misstatements in Current Year Financial Statements
 
In September 2006, the SEC issued Staff Accounting Bulletin (SAB) 108, Considering the Effects of Prior Year Misstatements when Quantifying Misstatements in Current Year Financial Statements, which is effective for fiscal years ending on or after November 15, 2006. SAB 108 provides guidance on how the effects of prior-year uncorrected financial statement misstatements should be considered in quantifying a current year misstatement. SAB 108 requires public companies to quantify misstatements using both an income statement (rollover) and balance sheet (iron curtain) approach and evaluate whether either approach results in a misstatement that, when all relevant quantitative and qualitative factors are considered, is material. If prior year errors that had been previously considered immaterial are now considered material based on either approach, no restatement is required so long as management properly applied its previous approach and all relevant facts and circumstances are considered. Adjustments considered immaterial in prior years under the method previously used, but now considered material under the dual approach required by SAB 108, are to be recorded upon initial adoption of SAB 108.
 
In the fourth quarter of 2006, the Corporation evaluated two prior-year uncorrected financial statement misstatements related to accounting for operating leases and non-accrual interest that had been previously considered immaterial to the prior years’ consolidated statements of income. Upon evaluating the impact of correcting these errors in the December 31, 2005 balance sheet through the 2006 statement of income, management concluded that the errors were material. As such, these errors have been corrected through a cumulative effect adjustment in opening retained earnings as of January 1, 2006 of $1.6 million.
 
The Corporation understated its liability and expense for operating leases in prior periods as it accounted for leases based on the escalating lease payments pertaining to each reporting period. The Corporation changed its method of accounting for operating leases to the straight line method in accordance with FAS 13, Accounting for Leases, in the fourth quarter of 2006. The cumulative after-tax effect of the misstatement as of January 1, 2006 was $1.0 million.
 
The Corporation previously identified an out of balance condition related to non-accrual interest associated with an acquisition in 2002 which was not corrected in prior years. The cumulative after-tax effect of correcting the balance sheet as of January 1, 2006 was $0.6 million.


72


Table of Contents

3.   Mergers and Acquisitions
 
On August 16, 2008, the Corporation completed its acquisition of IRGB, a bank holding company based in Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania. On the acquisition date, IRGB had $301.7 million in assets, which included $168.8 million in loans, and $252.3 million in deposits. The transaction, valued at $83.7 million, resulted in the Corporation paying $36.7 million in cash and issuing 3,176,990 shares of its common stock in exchange for 1,125,026 shares of IRGB common stock. The assets and liabilities of IRGB were recorded on the Corporation’s balance sheet at their fair values as of August 16, 2008, the acquisition date, and IRGB’s results of operations have been included in the Corporation’s consolidated statement of income since then. IRGB’s banking subsidiary, Iron and Glass Bank, was merged into FNBPA on August 16, 2008. Based on the purchase price allocation, the Corporation recorded $47.9 million in goodwill and $3.6 million in core deposit intangible as a result of the acquisition. None of the goodwill is deductible for income tax purposes.
 
On April 1, 2008, the Corporation completed its acquisition of Omega, a diversified financial services company based in State College, Pennsylvania. On the acquisition date, Omega had $1.8 billion in assets, which included $1.1 billion in loans, and $1.3 billion in deposits. The all-stock transaction, valued at approximately $388.2 million, resulted in the Corporation issuing 25,362,525 shares of its common stock in exchange for 12,544,150 shares of Omega common stock. The assets and liabilities of Omega were recorded on the Corporation’s balance sheet at their fair values as of April 1, 2008, the acquisition date, and Omega’s results of operations have been included in the Corporation’s consolidated statement of income since then. Omega’s banking subsidiary, Omega Bank, was merged into FNBPA on April 1, 2008. Based on the purchase price allocation, the Corporation recorded $236.6 million in goodwill and $31.2 million in core deposit and other intangibles as a result of the acquisition. None of the goodwill is deductible for income tax purposes.
 
The following table shows the calculation of the preliminary purchase price and the resulting goodwill relating to the Omega acquisition (in thousands):
 
                 
Fair value of stock issued and stock options assumed
          $ 388,176  
Fair value of:
               
Tangible assets acquired
  $ 1,533,305          
Core deposit and other intangible assets acquired
    31,191          
Liabilities assumed
    (1,463,352 )        
Net cash received in the acquisition
    50,413          
                 
Fair value of net assets acquired
            151,557  
                 
Goodwill recognized
          $ 236,619  
                 
 
The Corporation has not yet finalized its determination of the fair values of certain acquired assets and liabilities relating to the Omega acquisition and will adjust goodwill upon completion of the valuation process.


73


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the estimated fair value of the net assets that the Corporation acquired from Omega (in thousands):
 
         
Assets
       
Cash and due from banks
  $ 57,016  
Federal funds sold
    52,400  
Securities
    256,837  
Loans
    1,073,975  
Goodwill and other intangible assets
    267,810  
Accrued income and other assets
    143,490  
         
Total assets
    1,851,528  
         
Liabilities
       
Deposits
    1,291,483  
Borrowings
    157,241  
Accrued expenses and other liabilities
    14,628  
         
Total liabilities
    1,463,352  
         
         
Purchase price
  $ 388,176  
         
 
The following unaudited summary financial information presents the consolidated results of operations of the Corporation on a pro forma basis, as if the Omega acquisition had occurred at the beginning of each of the periods presented (dollars in thousands, except per share data):
 
                         
December 31   2008     2007     2006  
 
Net interest income
  $ 267,934     $ 259,409     $ 254,650  
Provision for loan losses
    75,806       14,848       14,308  
                         
Net interest income after provision for loan losses
    192,128       244,561       240,342  
Non-interest income
    92,986       109,691       108,161  
Non-interest expense
    239,953       229,953       226,367  
                         
Income before taxes
    45,161       124,299       122,136  
Income taxes
    7,518       34,497       34,715  
                         
Net income from continuing operations
    37,643       89,802       87,421  
Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax
                (314 )
                         
Net income
  $ 37,643     $ 89,802     $ 87,107  
                         
Net income per common share
                       
Basic:
                       
Continuing operations
  $ 0.47     $ 1.05     $ 1.04  
Discontinued operations
                0.00  
                         
    $ 0.47     $ 1.05     $ 1.04  
                         
Diluted:
                       
Continuing operations
  $ 0.46     $ 1.04     $ 1.03  
Discontinued operations
                0.00  
                         
    $ 0.46     $ 1.04     $ 1.03  
                         
 
The pro forma results include the amortization of the fair value adjustments on loans, deposits and debt and the amortization of the newly created intangible assets and post-merger acquisition related expenses. The pro forma results for 2008 also include $3.9 million pre-tax for certain non-recurring items, including personnel expense for retention bonuses and severance payments. The pro forma results do not reflect cost savings or revenue enhancements anticipated from the acquisition, and are not necessarily indicative of what actually would have occurred if the acquisition had been completed as of the beginning of the periods presented, nor are they necessarily indicative of future consolidated results. Actual results of operations of the Corporation for the periods noted above are listed in the Corporation’s consolidated statement of income provided elsewhere in this Report.


74


Table of Contents

Due to the materiality of the IRGB acquisition, they have not been included in the pro forma financial information presented above.
 
On May 26, 2006, the Corporation completed its acquisition of Legacy, a commercial bank and trust company headquartered in Harrisburg, Pennsylvania, with $375.1 million in assets, including $294.4 million in loans, and $256.5 million in deposits. Consideration paid by the Corporation totaled $72.4 million and was comprised primarily of 2,682,053 shares of the Corporation’s common stock and $21.1 million in cash in exchange for 3,831,505 shares of Legacy common stock. At the time of the acquisition, Legacy was merged into FNBPA. Based on the purchase price allocation, the Corporation recorded $46.4 million in goodwill and $4.3 million in core deposit intangible as a result of the acquisition. None of the goodwill is deductible for income tax purposes.
 
The assets and liabilities of these acquired entities were recorded on the balance sheet at their estimated fair values as of their respective acquisition dates. The consolidated financial statements include the results of operations of these entities from their respective dates of acquisition.
 
The Corporation recorded merger and integration charges of $4.7 million, $0.2 million and $0.6 million in 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively, associated with the acquisitions of Omega and IRGB in 2008 and the acquisition of Legacy in 2006.
 
4.   Subsequent Events
 
On January 9, 2009, the Corporation received a $100.0 million investment as part of its voluntary participation in the U.S. Treasury CPP implemented pursuant to the EESA enacted on October 3, 2008.
 
The CPP is a voluntary program implemented by the U.S. Treasury in October 2008 and is available to qualifying financial institutions. As part of the transaction completed on January 9, 2009, the U.S. Treasury purchased 100,000 shares of the Corporation’s Preferred Series C Stock and a warrant to purchase up to 1,302,083 shares of the Corporation’s common stock, for an aggregate purchase price of $100.0 million. The Preferred Series C Stock pays a cumulative dividend of 5% per annum for the first five years and 9% per annum thereafter. The dividends on the Preferred Series C Stock are payable quarterly in arrears on February 15, May 15, August 15 and November 15 of each year. In the event dividends on the Preferred Series C Stock are not paid in full for six dividend periods, whether or not consecutive, the U.S. Treasury will have the right to elect two directors to the Corporation’s Board of Directors and such right shall end when all accrued and unpaid dividends have been paid in full. The warrant has a ten year term and an exercise price of $11.52 per share of the Corporation’s common stock. The uniform terms and conditions for all CPP participants are publicly available at the U.S. Treasury website at: http://www.treas.gov/press/releases/reports/document5hp1207.pdf.
 
In addition, pursuant to the terms of the Securities Purchase Agreement, the Corporation adopted the U.S. Treasury’s standards for executive compensation and corporate governance for the period during which the U.S. Treasury holds the equity issued pursuant to the Securities Purchase Agreement, including the common stock that may be issued pursuant to the warrant. However, the Securities Purchase Agreement and all related documents may be amended unilaterally by the U.S. Treasury to comply with the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009, which was signed into law by the President on February 17, 2009, and which amended the executive compensation and corporate governance standards previously set forth by the EESA and subsequent U.S. Treasury regulations. The U.S. Treasury is expected to issue regulations to comply with those standards, which generally apply to the Corporation’s top five most highly compensated employees, or senior executive officers, and extend in certain contexts to cover up to the next twenty most highly compensated employees.
 
The standards include (1) ensuring that incentive compensation for senior executive officers does not encourage unnecessary and excessive risks that threaten the value of the institution; (2) requiring the clawback of any bonus, retention award, or incentive compensation paid to a senior executive officer or any of the next twenty most highly compensated employees based on statements of earnings, revenues, gains, or other criteria that are later found to be materially inaccurate; (3) agreeing not to deduct for tax purposes executive compensation in excess of $500,000 for each senior executive officer; (4) prohibiting severance payments to a senior executive officer or any of the next five most highly compensated employees; (5) prohibiting the payment or accrual of any bonus, retention


75


Table of Contents

award, or incentive compensation to a senior executive officer (except for payments of long-term restricted stock, provided that the award does not vest while the U.S. Treasury’s funds are outstanding and the award does not have a value greater than one third of the receiving employee’s total annual compensation); (6) prohibiting any compensation plan that encourages manipulation of the financial institution’s reporting earnings to enhance the compensation of any of its employees; (7) requiring the establishment of a Board Compensation Committee comprised entirely of independent directors, for the purpose of reviewing employee compensation plans, which must meet at least semiannually to discuss and evaluate employee compensation plans in light of any risk posed by such plans to the financial institution; (8) requiring the chief executive officer and chief financial officer of the financial institution to file a written certification of compliance with these standards with its annual filings required under the securities laws; (9) adopting a company-wide policy regarding excessive or luxury expenditures; (10) permitting a separate, non-binding shareholder vote to approve compensation of executives as disclosed pursuant to the compensation disclosure rules of the SEC; and (11) allowing the U.S. Treasury Secretary to review bonuses, retention awards, and other compensation paid to a senior executive officer or any of the next twenty most highly compensated employees prior to February 17, 2009, to determine whether any such payment was inconsistent with the purposes of the TARP or was otherwise contrary to the public interest, and if so, to engage in negotiations with the financial institution and the receiving employee for appropriate reimbursement to the federal government.
 
The standards above do not apply to prohibit any bonus payment required to be paid pursuant to a valid written employment contract executed on or before February 11, 2009.
 
The executive compensation and corporate governance restrictions will apply so long as the U.S. Treasury owns any of the Corporation’s debt or equity securities acquired in connection with the transactions described herein, including the Preferred Series C Stock or any shares of the Corporation’s common stock issued upon exercise of the warrant; however, the restrictions will not apply during any period in which the U.S. Treasury only holds the warrant to purchase the Corporation’s common stock. Accordingly, the Corporation could be subject to these restrictions for an indefinite period of time. Further, the Securities Purchase Agreement and all related documents may be further amended unilaterally by the U.S. Treasury to the extent required to comply with any changes to the applicable federal statutes. Any such amendments may provide for additional executive compensation and corporate governance standards or modify the standards set forth above.
 
5.   Securities
 
The amortized cost and fair value of securities are as follows (in thousands):
 
Securities Available For Sale:
 
                                 
          Gross
    Gross
       
    Amortized
    Unrealized
    Unrealized
       
    Cost     Gains     Losses     Fair Value  
 
December 31, 2008
                               
U.S. Treasury and other U.S. government agencies and corporations
  $ 249,370     $ 3,925     $     $ 253,295  
Mortgage-backed securities
    131,390       1,972       (306 )     133,056  
States of the U.S. and political subdivisions
    71,065       254       (2,138 )     69,181  
Corporate and other debt securities
    34,219             (10,979 )     23,240  
                                 
Total debt securities
    486,044       6,151       (13,423 )     478,772  
Equity securities
    3,609       157       (268 )     3,498  
                                 
    $ 489,653     $ 6,308     $ (13,691 )   $ 482,270  
                                 


76


Table of Contents

                                 
          Gross
    Gross
       
    Amortized
    Unrealized
    Unrealized
       
    Cost     Gains     Losses     Fair Value  
 
December 31, 2007
                               
U.S. Treasury and other U.S. government agencies and corporations
  $ 161,969     $ 870     $     $ 162,839  
Mortgage-backed securities
    71,329       1,076       (138 )     72,267  
States of the U.S. and political subdivisions
    71,169       676       (355 )     71,490  
Corporate and other debt securities
    50,480       57       (4,330 )     46,207  
                                 
Total debt securities
    354,947       2,679       (4,823 )     352,803  
Equity securities
    5,526       404       (312 )     5,618  
                                 
    $ 360,473     $ 3,083     $ (5,135 )   $ 358,421  
                                 
December 31, 2006
                               
U.S. Treasury and other U.S. government agencies and corporations
  $ 143,589     $     $ (148 )   $ 143,441  
Mortgage-backed securities
    27,471       9       (296 )     27,184  
States of the U.S. and political subdivisions
    36,574       564       (110 )     37,028  
Corporate and other debt securities
    40,790       226       (87 )     40,929  
                                 
Total debt securities
    248,424       799       (641 )     248,582  
Equity securities
    7,853       1,859       (15 )     9,697  
                                 
    $ 256,277     $ 2,658     $ (656 )   $ 258,279  
                                 
 
Securities Held To Maturity:
                                 
          Gross
    Gross
       
    Amortized
    Unrealized
    Unrealized
       
    Cost     Gains     Losses     Fair Value  
 
December 31, 2008
                               
U.S. Treasury and other U.S. government agencies and corporations
  $ 506     $ 154     $     $ 660  
Mortgage-backed securities
    721,682       15,915       (7,442 )     730,155  
States of the U.S. and political subdivisions
    115,766       376       (928 )     115,214  
Corporate and other debt securities
    5,909             (687 )     5,222  
                                 
    $ 843,863     $ 16,445     $ (9,057 )   $ 851,251  
                                 
December 31, 2007
                               
U.S. Treasury and other U.S. government agencies and corporations
  $ 11,004     $ 47     $     $ 11,051  
Mortgage-backed securities
    547,046       2,059       (3,865 )     545,240  
States of the U.S. and political subdivisions
    102,179       335       (134 )     102,380  
Corporate and other debt securities
    7,324       20       (101 )     7,243  
                                 
    $ 667,553     $ 2,461     $ (4,100 )   $ 665,914  
                                 
December 31, 2006
                               
U.S. Treasury and other U.S. government agencies and corporations
  $ 89,378     $ 23     $ (300 )   $ 89,101  
Mortgage-backed securities
    559,658       355       (8,930 )     551,083  
States of the U.S. and political subdivisions
    112,226       122       (842 )     111,506  
Corporate and other debt securities
    14,817       17       (229 )     14,605  
                                 
    $ 776,079     $ 517     $ (10,301 )   $ 766,295  
                                 
 
The Corporation sold $1.8 million of equity securities at a gain of $0.1 million during 2008 and sold $2.9 million of equity securities at a gain of $1.0 million during 2007. Additionally, the Corporation recognized a gain of $0.7 million relating to the VISA, Inc. initial public offering during 2008. The Corporation also recognized a gain of $0.1 million relating to $6.6 million of called securities during 2007. None of the security sales or calls were at a loss.

77


Table of Contents

Gross gains and gross losses were realized on sales of securities as follows (in thousands):
 
                         
Year Ended December 31   2008     2007     2006  
 
Gross gains
  $ 839     $ 1,155     $ 1,802  
Gross losses
    (5 )            
                         
    $ 834     $ 1,155     $ 1,802  
                         
 
As of December 31, 2008, the amortized cost and fair value of securities, by contractual maturities, were as follows (in thousands):
 
                                 
    Available for Sale     Held to Maturity  
    Amortized
    Fair
    Amortized
    Fair
 
    Cost     Value     Cost     Value  
 
Due in one year or less
  $ 135     $ 135     $ 2,587     $ 2,589  
Due from one to five years
    252,136       256,141       57,660       57,883  
Due from five to ten years
    12,324       12,415       32,717       32,706  
Due after ten years
    90,059       77,025       29,217       27,918  
                                 
      354,654       345,716       122,181       121,096  
Mortgage-backed securities
    131,390       133,056       721,682       730,155  
Equity securities
    3,609       3,498              
                                 
    $ 489,653     $ 482,270     $ 843,863     $ 851,251  
                                 
 
Maturities may differ from contractual terms because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without penalties. Periodic payments are received on mortgage-backed securities based on the payment patterns of the underlying collateral.
 
At December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, securities with a carrying value of $670.2 million, $522.0 million and $518.7 million, respectively, were pledged to secure public deposits, trust deposits and for other purposes as required by law. Securities with a carrying value of $585.0 million, $360.6 million and $324.5 million at December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively, were pledged as collateral for short-term borrowings.
 
During 2004, the Corporation transferred $519.4 million of securities from available for sale to held to maturity. This transaction resulted in $4.0 million being recorded as other comprehensive income, which is being amortized over the average life of the securities transferred. At December 31, 2008 and 2007, $0.5 million and $0.7 million, respectively, remained in other comprehensive income. The Corporation initiated this transfer to better reflect management’s intentions at that time and to reduce the volatility of the equity adjustment due to the fluctuation in market prices of available for sale securities.


78


Table of Contents

Following are summaries of the fair values and unrealized losses of securities, segregated by length of impairment (in thousands):
 
Securities Available For Sale:
 
                                                 
    Less than 12 Months     Greater than 12 Months     Total  
    Fair
    Unrealized
    Fair
    Unrealized
    Fair
    Unrealized
 
    Value     Losses     Value     Losses     Value     Losses  
 
December 31, 2008
                                               
Mortgage-backed securities
  $ 33,856     $ (306 )   $     $     $ 33,856     $ (306 )
States of the U.S. and political subdivisions
    54,230       (2,138 )                 54,230       (2,138 )
Corporate and other debt securities
    4,797       (1,375 )     7,859       (9,604 )     12,656       (10,979 )
Equity securities
    1,053       (258 )     32       (10 )     1,085       (268 )
                                                 
    $ 93,936     $ (4,077 )   $ 7,891     $ (9,614 )   $ 101,827     $ (13,691 )
                                                 
December 31, 2007
                                               
Mortgage-backed securities
  $     $     $ 14,673     $ (138 )   $ 14,673     $ (138 )
States of the U.S. and political subdivisions
    23,806       (155 )     11,934       (200 )     35,740       (355 )
Corporate and other debt securities
    34,407       (3,879 )     3,568       (451 )     37,975       (4,330 )
Equity securities
    636       (302 )     13       (10 )     649       (312 )
                                                 
    $ 58,849     $ (4,336 )   $ 30,188     $ (799 )   $ 89,037     $ (5,135 )
                                                 
 
Securities Held To Maturity:
 
                                                 
    Less than 12 Months     Greater than 12 Months     Total  
    Fair
    Unrealized
    Fair
    Unrealized
    Fair
    Unrealized
 
    Value     Losses     Value     Losses     Value     Losses  
 
December 31, 2008
                                               
Mortgage-backed securities
  $ 96,213     $ (6,531 )   $ 7,832     $ (911 )   $ 104,045     $ (7,442 )
States of the U.S. and political subdivisions
    44,555       (928 )                 44,555       (928 )
Corporate and other debt securities
    277       (7 )     4,445       (680 )     4,722       (687 )
                                                 
    $ 141,045     $ (7,466 )   $ 12,277     $ (1,591 )   $ 153,322     $ (9,057 )
                                                 
December 31, 2007
                                               
Mortgage-backed securities
  $ 47,051     $ (432 )   $ 280,433     $ (3,433 )   $ 327,484     $ (3,865 )
States of the U.S. and political subdivisions
    1,030             37,206       (134 )     38,236       (134 )
Corporate and other debt securities
    5,726       (101 )     120             5,846       (101 )
                                                 
    $ 53,807     $ (533 )   $ 317,759     $ (3,567 )   $ 371,566     $ (4,100 )
                                                 
 
As of December 31, 2008, securities with unrealized losses for less than 12 months include 32 investments in mortgage-backed securities, 138 investments in states of the U.S. and political subdivision securities, 4 investments in corporate and other debt securities and 11 investments in equity securities. Securities with unrealized losses of greater than 12 months include 2 investments in mortgage-backed securities, 12 investments in corporate and other debt securities and 1 investment in an equity security. The Corporation has concluded that it has both the intent and ability to hold these securities for the time necessary to recover the amortized cost or until maturity.
 
The Corporation’s unrealized losses on corporate debt securities primarily relate to investments in trust preferred securities. The Corporation’s portfolio of trust preferred securities consists of single-issuer and pooled securities. The single-issuer securities are primarily from money-center and large regional banks. The pooled securities consist of securities issued primarily by banks, with some of the pools including a limited number of insurance companies. Investments in pooled securities are all in mezzanine tranches except for one investment in a


79


Table of Contents

senior tranche, and are secured by over-collateralization or default protection provided by subordinated tranches. Unrealized losses on investments in trust preferred securities are attributable to temporary illiquidity and the financial crisis affecting these markets, as well as changes in interest rates.
 
Other-Than-Temporary Impairment
 
The investment securities portfolio is evaluated for OTTI on a quarterly basis. Impairment is assessed at the individual security level. An investment security is considered impaired if the fair value of the security is less than its cost or amortized cost basis. When a decline in value is considered to be other-than-temporary, an impairment loss is recorded as a loss within non-interest income in the consolidated statement of income.
 
The Corporation’s OTTI evaluation process is performed in a consistent and systematic manner and includes an evaluation of all available evidence. Documentation of the process is extensive as necessary to support a conclusion as to whether a decline in fair value below cost or amortized cost is other-than-temporary and includes documentation supporting both observable and unobservable inputs and a rationale for conclusions reached.
 
This process considers factors such as the severity, length of time and anticipated recovery period of the impairment, recent events specific to the issuer, including investment downgrades by rating agencies and economic conditions of its industry, and the issuer’s financial condition, capital strength and near-term prospects. The Corporation also considers its intent and ability to retain the security for a period of time sufficient to allow for a recovery in fair value, or until maturity. Among the factors that are considered in determining the Corporation’s intent and ability to retain the security is a review of its capital adequacy, interest rate risk position and liquidity.
 
The assessment of a security’s ability to recover any decline in fair value, the ability of the issuer to meet contractual obligations, and the Corporation’s intent and ability to retain the security require considerable judgment.
 
Debt securities with credit ratings below AA at the time of purchase that are repayment-sensitive securities are evaluated using the guidance of FAS 115 and the related guidance of EITF 99-20, as amended by FSP EITF 99-20-1. All other securities are required to be evaluated under FAS 115 and related implementation guidance.
 
The Corporation recognized losses of $17.2 million and $0.1 million during 2008 and 2007, respectively, due to the write-down to fair value of securities that were deemed to be other-than-temporarily impaired. The impairment losses for 2008 consisted of $1.2 million related to bank stocks and $16.0 million related to investments in pooled trust preferred securities.
 
The $1.2 million OTTI charge for bank stocks relates to securities that have been in an unrealized loss position for between three and 12 months. In accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, management has deemed these impairments to be other-than-temporary given the low likelihood that they will recover in value in the foreseeable future. At year end, the Corporation held 31 bank stocks with an adjusted cost basis of $3.6 million and a fair value of $3.5 million.
 
The Corporation invests in trust preferred securities issued by special purpose vehicles (SPV) which hold pools of collateral consisting of trust preferred and subordinated debt securities issued by banks, bank holding companies and insurance companies. The securities issued by the SPV are generally segregated into several classes known as tranches. Typically, the structure includes senior, mezzanine, and equity tranches. The equity tranche represents the first loss position. The Corporation generally holds interests in the senior and mezzanine tranches. Interest and principal collected from the collateral held by the SPV are distributed with a priority that provides the highest level of protection to the senior-most tranches. In order to provide a high level of protection to the senior tranches, cash flows are diverted to higher-level tranches if certain tests are not met.
 
Certain of these securities, when acquired, were within the scope of EITF 99-20, as amended. The Corporation evaluates current available information in estimating the future cash flows of these securities and determines whether there have been favorable or adverse changes in estimated cash flows from the cash flows previously projected. The Corporation considers the structure and term of the pool and the financial condition of the underlying issuers. Specifically, the evaluation incorporates factors such as interest rates and appropriate risk premiums, the timing and amount of interest and principal payments and the allocation of payments to the various


80


Table of Contents

tranches. Current estimates of cash flows are based on the most recent trustee reports, announcements of deferrals or defaults, expected future default rates and other relevant information.
 
Trust preferred securities have experienced price declines due to the current securities market environment and the currently limited secondary market for such securities, in addition to issue-specific credit deterioration. The Corporation determined through its OTTI evaluation that there is increased uncertainty as to whether it will receive all contractual principal and interest payments from some of these securities. As a result, the Corporation determined that there was not sufficient persuasive evidence to conclude that the impairment of some of these securities was temporary.
 
The Corporation has 13 pooled trust preferred security investments with a cost basis of $40.6 million and a fair value of $17.9 million. These investments represent interests in various SPV’s collateralized by securities or debt issued by over 500 financial institutions. Twelve of the investments are in mezzanine tranches; the remaining is in a senior-level tranche. The Corporation has concluded that it is probable that there has been an adverse change in estimated cash flows for eight of the 13 investments; accordingly, the Corporation concluded that these securities are other-than-temporarily impaired. These eight securities were written down from a cost basis of $26.4 million to a new cost basis of $10.5 million, and are classified as non-performing investments. Three of the eight other-than-temporarily impaired investments have contractually deferred their interest payments, and it is probable that the other five will do so in the future. Unrealized losses on the remaining pooled trust preferred securities are considered temporary because the decline in fair value is attributable to temporary illiquidity and the financial crisis, as well as changes in spreads, and was not caused by cash flow impairment. These securities are current as to interest and principal payments and maintain a minimum rating of single A.
 
Conclusions regarding OTTI for trust preferred securities are based on trends in new deferrals by the underlying issuer and the expectation for additional deferrals and defaults in the future, negative changes in credit ratings and expectation for potential future negative rating changes, whether the security is currently deferring interest on the tranche that the Corporation owns and expected continued weakness in the U.S. economy. Write-downs were based on the individual securities’ credit performance and its ability to make its contractual principal and interest payments. Should credit quality continue to deteriorate, it is possible that additional write-downs may be required. If economic conditions worsen, it is possible that the securities that are currently performing satisfactorily could suffer impairment and could potentially require write-downs. The Corporation monitors actual deferrals and defaults as well as expected future deferrals and defaults to determine if there is a high probability for expected losses and contractual shortfalls of interest or principal, which could warrant further impairment. The entire portfolio is evaluated each quarter to determine if additional write-downs are warranted.
 
6.   Loans
 
Following is a summary of loans, net of unearned income (in thousands):
 
                 
December 31   2008     2007  
 
Commercial
  $ 3,173,941     $ 2,232,860  
Direct installment
    1,070,791       941,249  
Consumer lines of credit
    340,750       251,100  
Residential mortgages
    638,356       465,881  
Indirect installment
    531,430       427,663  
Other
    65,112       25,482  
                 
    $ 5,820,380     $ 4,344,235  
                 
 
The above loan totals include unearned income of $34.0 million and $25.7 million at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.
 
The loan portfolio consists principally of loans to individuals and small- and medium-sized businesses within the Corporation’s primary market area of Pennsylvania and northeastern Ohio. In addition, the portfolio contains consumer finance loans to individuals in Pennsylvania, Ohio and Tennessee, which totaled $158.0 million or 2.7% of total loans as of December 31, 2008. The Corporation also operates commercial loan production offices in Pennsylvania and Florida and mortgage loan production offices in Ohio and Tennessee.


81


Table of Contents

The Corporation had commercial loans in Florida totaling $294.2 million or 5.1% of total loans as of December 31, 2008, which was comprised of the following: unimproved residential land (20.9%), unimproved commercial land (22.7%), improved land (7.0%), income producing commercial real estate (26.8%), residential construction (9.8%), commercial construction (9.5%), commercial and industrial (2.2%) and owner-occupied (1.1%). The weighted average loan-to-value ratio for this portfolio is 73.7% as of December 31, 2008.
 
The majority of the Corporation’s loan portfolio consists of commercial loans, which is comprised of both commercial real estate loans and commercial and industrial loans. As of December 31, 2008 and 2007, commercial real estate loans were $2.0 billion and $1.4 billion, respectively, or 34.3% and 32.1% of total loans. Approximately 46.0% of the commercial real estate loans are owner occupied, while the remaining 54.0% are non-owner occupied. As of December 31, 2008 and 2007, the Corporation had construction loans of $269.8 million and $201.2 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2008 and 2007, there were no concentrations of loans relating to any industry in excess of 10% of total loans.
 
At December 31, 2008 and 2007, there were $16.1 million and $3.2 million of loans, respectively, that were impaired loans acquired and have no associated allowance for loan losses as they were accounted for in accordance with SOP 03-3.
 
Certain directors and executive officers of the Corporation and its significant subsidiaries, as well as associates of such persons, are loan customers. Loans to such persons were made in the ordinary course of business under normal credit terms and do not have more than a normal risk of collection. Following is a summary of the aggregate amount of loans to any such persons who had loans in excess of $60,000 during 2008 (in thousands):
 
         
Total loans at January 1, 2008
  $ 34,510  
New loans
    55,075  
Repayments
    (32,217 )
Other
    (12,504 )
         
Total loans at December 31, 2008
  $ 44,864  
         
 
Other represents the net change in loan balances resulting from changes in related parties during 2008.
 
7.   Non-Performing Assets
 
Following is a summary of non-performing assets (in thousands):
 
                 
December 31   2008     2007  
 
Non-accrual loans
  $ 139,607     $ 29,211  
Restructured loans
    4,097       3,468  
                 
Total non-performing loans
    143,704       32,679  
Non-performing investments
    10,456        
Other real estate owned
    9,177       8,052  
                 
Total non-performing assets
  $ 163,337     $ 40,731  
                 
 
For the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, income that would have been recognized on non-performing loans if they were paid in accordance with their original terms was $6.4 million, $2.4 million and $2.0 million, respectively. Interest recorded on non-performing loans was $0.3 million, $0.4 million and $0.5 million for 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Loans past due 90 days or more and still accruing (see the Loans and the Allowance for Loan Losses section of the Summary of Significant Accounting Policies footnote) were $14.1 million, $7.5 million and $5.5 million at December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
 
The Corporation discontinues interest accruals when principal or interest is due and has remained unpaid for 90 to 180 days depending on the loan type. When a loan is placed on non-accrual status, all unpaid interest is reversed. Non-accrual loans may not be restored to accrual status until all delinquent principal and interest have been paid.


82


Table of Contents

Following is a summary of information pertaining to loans considered to be impaired (in thousands):
 
                         
At or For The Year Ended December 31   2008     2007     2006  
 
Impaired loans with an allocated allowance
  $ 78,823     $ 16,925     $ 10,801  
Impaired loans without an allocated allowance
    59,323       10,150       10,912  
                         
Total impaired loans
  $ 138,146     $ 27,075     $ 21,713  
                         
Allocated allowance on impaired loans
  $ 20,505     $ 5,208     $ 4,931  
                         
Average impaired loans
  $ 82,611     $ 24,394     $ 21,664  
                         
Income recognized on impaired loans
  $ 59     $ 98     $ 90  
                         
 
The majority of the loans deemed impaired were evaluated using the fair value of the collateral as the measurement method.
 
8.   Allowance for Loan Losses
 
Following is an analysis of changes in the allowance for loan losses (in thousands):
 
                         
Year Ended December 31   2008     2007     2006  
 
Balance at beginning of year
  $ 52,806     $ 52,575     $ 50,707  
Additions from acquisitions
    12,150       21       3,035  
Charge-offs
    (35,914 )     (15,213 )     (14,680 )
Recoveries
    3,317       2,730       3,101  
                         
Net charge-offs
    (32,597 )     (12,483 )     (11,579 )
Provision for loan losses
    72,371       12,693       10,412  
                         
Balance at end of year
  $ 104,730     $ 52,806     $ 52,575  
                         
 
9.   Premises and Equipment
 
Following is a summary of premises and equipment (in thousands):
 
                 
December 31   2008     2007  
 
Land
  $ 26,765     $ 15,821  
Premises
    119,615       92,216  
Equipment
    76,467       63,285  
                 
      222,847       171,322  
Accumulated depreciation
    (100,248 )     (90,850 )
                 
    $ 122,599     $ 80,472  
                 
 
Depreciation and amortization expense of premises and equipment was $10.7 million for 2008, $8.8 million for 2007 and $9.8 million for 2006.
 
The Corporation has operating leases extending to 2046 for certain land, office locations and equipment, many of which have renewal options. Leases that expire are generally expected to be replaced by other leases. Lease costs are expensed in accordance with FAS 13 taking into account escalation clauses. Rental expense was $5.7 million for 2008, $5.2 million for 2007 and $5.8 million for 2006.


83


Table of Contents

Total minimum rental commitments under such leases were $29.8 million at December 31, 2008. Following is a summary of future minimum lease payments for years following December 31, 2008 (in thousands):
 
         
2009
  $ 4,530  
2010
    3,539  
2011
    2,964  
2012
    2,413  
2013
    2,033  
Later years
    14,364  
 
10.   Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets
 
The following table shows a rollforward of goodwill by line of business (in thousands):
 
                                         
    Community
    Wealth
          Consumer
       
    Banking     Management     Insurance     Finance     Total  
 
Balance at January 1, 2007
  $ 231,951     $ 984     $ 7,735     $ 1,809     $ 242,479  
Goodwill additions
    (359 )                       (359 )
                                         
Balance at December 31, 2007
    231,592       984       7,735       1,809       242,120  
Goodwill additions
    277,561       7,086       1,511             286,158  
                                         
Balance at December 31, 2008
  $ 509,153     $ 8,070     $ 9,246     $ 1,809     $ 528,278  
                                         
 
The Corporation recorded goodwill during 2007 primarily as a result of the final purchase accounting adjustments relating to the acquisition of Legacy and during 2008 as a result of the purchase accounting adjustments related to the acquisitions of Omega and IRGB.
 
The following table shows a summary of core deposit intangibles, customer and renewal lists and other intangible assets (in thousands):
 
                                 
                      Total
 
          Customer
          Finite-
 
    Core Deposit
    and Renewal
    Other Intangible
    lived
 
    Intangibles     Lists     Assets     Intangibles  
 
December 31, 2008
                               
Gross carrying amount
  $ 66,239     $ 10,970     $ 890     $ 78,099  
Accumulated amortization
    (28,548 )     (2,625 )     (697 )     (31,870 )
                                 
    $ 37,691     $ 8,345     $ 193     $ 46,229  
                                 
December 31, 2007
                               
Gross carrying amount
  $ 38,706     $ 5,270     $ 890     $ 44,866  
Accumulated amortization
    (22,973 )     (1,858 )     (596 )     (25,427 )
                                 
    $ 15,733     $ 3,412     $ 294     $ 19,439  
                                 
 
The Corporation recorded $27.5 million in core deposit intangibles and $7.2 million in customer and renewal list intangibles during 2008 as a result of the acquisitions of Omega and IRGB.
 
Core deposit intangibles are being amortized primarily over 10 years using straight-line and accelerated methods. Customer and renewal lists and other intangible assets are being amortized over their estimated useful lives which range from ten to twelve years.
 
Amortization expense on finite-lived intangible assets totaled $6.4 million, $4.4 million and $4.1 million for 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Amortization expense on finite-lived intangible assets, assuming no new additions, is expected to total $6.5 million, $6.2 million, $5.7 million, $5.3 million and $4.8 million for the years 2009 through 2013, respectively.


84


Table of Contents

Goodwill and other intangible assets are reviewed annually for impairment, and more frequently if impairment indicators exist. The Corporation completed this review in 2008 and 2007 and determined that its intangible assets are not impaired.
 
11.   Deposits
 
Following is a summary of deposits (in thousands):
 
                 
December 31   2008     2007  
 
Non-interest bearing demand
  $ 919,539     $ 626,141  
Savings and NOW
    2,816,628       2,037,160  
Certificates and other time deposits
    2,318,456       1,734,383  
                 
    $ 6,054,623     $ 4,397,684  
                 
 
Time deposits of $100,000 or more were $569.7 million and $461.6 million at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. Following is a summary of these time deposits by remaining maturity at December 31, 2008 (in thousands):
 
                         
    Certificates of
    Other Time
       
    Deposit     Deposits     Total  
 
Three months or less
  $ 72,130     $ 4,844     $ 76,974  
Three to six months
    82,030       6,441       88,471  
Six to twelve months
    118,178       4,324       122,502  
Over twelve months
    188,519       93,246       281,765  
                         
    $ 460,857     $ 108,855     $ 569,712  
                         
 
Following is a summary of the scheduled maturities of certificates and other time deposits for each of the five years following December 31, 2008 (in thousands):
 
         
2009
  $ 1,313,089  
2010
    476,111  
2011
    213,315  
2012
    165,372  
2013
    130,493  
Later years
    20,076  
 
12.   Short-Term Borrowings
 
Following is a summary of short-term borrowings (in thousands):
 
                 
December 31   2008     2007  
 
Securities sold under repurchase agreements
  $ 414,705     $ 276,552  
Federal funds purchased
    86,000       60,000  
Subordinated notes
    95,032       112,779  
Other short-term borrowings
    526       492  
                 
    $ 596,263     $ 449,823  
                 
 
Credit facilities amounting to $40.0 million at December 31, 2008 were maintained with two banks at rates that are at or below prime rate. The facilities and their terms are periodically reviewed by the banks and are generally subject to withdrawal at their discretion. No credit facilities were used at December 31, 2008 or December 31, 2007. Additionally, at December 31, 2007, the Corporation had available a $25.0 million letter of credit from the FHLB. This letter of credit was unused at December 31, 2007 and expired during 2008. The weighted average interest rates on short-term borrowings were 2.49% in 2008, 4.63% in 2007 and 4.35% in 2006. The weighted average interest rates on short-term borrowings at December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 were 1.59%, 3.98% and 4.72%, respectively.


85


Table of Contents

13.   Long-Term Debt
 
Following is a summary of long-term debt (in thousands):
 
                 
December 31   2008     2007  
 
Federal Home Loan Bank advances
  $ 431,398     $ 427,099  
Subordinated notes
    58,028       53,404  
Convertible subordinated notes
    613       658  
Other long-term debt
    211       205  
                 
    $ 490,250     $ 481,366  
                 
 
The Corporation’s banking affiliate has available credit with the FHLB of $2.0 billion, of which $431.4 million was used as of December 31, 2008. These advances are secured by loans collateralized by 1-4 family mortgages and FHLB stock and are scheduled to mature in various amounts periodically through the year 2019. Interest rates paid on these advances range from 2.12% to 5.54% in 2008, 2.79% to 5.75% in 2007 and 2.91% to 5.75% in 2006.
 
Subordinated notes are unsecured and subordinated to other indebtedness of the Corporation. The long-term subordinated notes are scheduled to mature in various amounts periodically through the year 2017. At December 31, 2008, all of the long-term subordinated debt is redeemable by the holders prior to maturity at a discount equal to three months of interest. The Corporation may require the holder to give 30 days prior written notice. No sinking fund is required and none has been established to retire the debt. The weighted average interest rate on long-term subordinated debt was 4.08% at December 31, 2008, 5.58% at December 31, 2007 and 5.20% at December 31, 2006.
 
The Corporation assumed 5% convertible subordinated notes in conjunction with the Legacy acquisition. The subordinated notes mature in 2018 and are convertible into shares of the Corporation’s common stock at any time prior to maturity at $12.50 per share. As of December 31, 2008, the Corporation has reserved 49,000 shares of common stock for issuance in the event the convertible subordinated notes are converted.
 
Scheduled annual maturities for all of the long-term debt for each of the five years following December 31, 2008 are as follows (in thousands):
 
         
2009
  $ 198,141  
2010
    197,309  
2011
    46,061  
2012
    46,740  
2013
    494  
Later years
    1,505  
 
14.   Junior Subordinated Debt Owed to Unconsolidated Subsidiary Trusts
 
The Corporation has four unconsolidated subsidiary trusts (collectively, the Trusts): F.N.B. Statutory Trust I, F.N.B. Statutory Trust II, Omega Financial Capital Trust I and Sun Bancorp Statutory Trust I. One hundred percent of the common equity of each Trust is owned by the Corporation. The Trusts are not consolidated because the Corporation is not the primary beneficiary, as evaluated under FAS Interpretation (FIN) 46, Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities, an Interpretation of ARB No. 51. The Trusts were formed for the purpose of issuing Corporation-obligated mandatorily redeemable capital securities (trust preferred securities) to third-party investors. The proceeds from the sale of trust preferred securities and the issuance of common equity by the Trusts were invested in junior subordinated debt securities (subordinated debt) issued by the Corporation, which are the sole assets of each Trust. The Trusts pay dividends on the trust preferred securities at the same rate as the distributions paid by the Corporation on the junior subordinated debt held by the Trusts. Omega Financial Capital Trust I and Sun Bancorp Statutory Trust I were acquired as a result of the Omega acquisition.
 
Distributions on the subordinated debt issued to the Trusts are recorded as interest expense by the Corporation. The trust preferred securities are subject to mandatory redemption, in whole or in part, upon


86


Table of Contents

repayment of the subordinated debt. The subordinated debt, net of the Corporation’s investment in the Trusts, qualifies as Tier 1 capital under the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System guidelines subject to certain limitations beginning March 31, 2009. The Corporation has entered into agreements which, when taken collectively, fully and unconditionally guarantee the obligations under the trust preferred securities subject to the terms of each of the guarantees.
 
The following table provides information relating to the Trusts as of December 31, 2008 (dollars in thousands):
 
                                 
    F.N.B.
    F.N.B.
    Omega
    Sun Bancorp
 
    Statutory
    Statutory
    Financial
    Statutory
 
    Trust I     Trust II     Capital Trust     Trust I  
 
Trust preferred securities
  $ 125,000     $ 21,500     $ 36,000     $ 16,500  
Common securities
    3,866       665       1,114       511  
Junior subordinated debt
    128,866       22,165       35,768       18,587  
Stated maturity date
    3/31/33       6/15/36       10/18/34       2/22/31  
Optional redemption date
    3/31/08       6/15/11       10/18/09       2/22/11  
Interest rate
    7.12 %     7.17 %     5.98 %     10.20 %
      variable;       fixed until 6/15/11;       fixed until 10/09;          
      LIBOR plus       then LIBOR plus       then LIBOR plus          
      325 basis points       165 basis points       219 basis points          
 
15.   Interest Rate Swaps
 
In February 2005, the Corporation entered into an interest rate swap with a notional amount of $125.0 million, whereby it paid a fixed rate of interest and received a variable rate based on the London Inter-Bank Offered Rate (LIBOR). The effective date of the swap was January 3, 2006 and the maturity date of the swap was March 31, 2008. The interest rate swap was a designated cash flow hedge designed to convert the variable interest rate to a fixed rate on $125.0 million of subordinated debt. The swap was considered to be highly effective and assessment of the hedging relationship is evaluated under Derivative Implementation Group Issue No. G7 using the hypothetical derivative method.
 
The Corporation’s interest rate swap program for commercial loans provides customers with fixed rate loans while creating a variable rate asset for the Corporation. The notional amount of swaps under this program was $201.3 million as of December 31, 2008. At December 31, 2008, the asset and liability associated with these interest rate swaps were $19.4 million and $18.8 million, respectively.
 
16.   Commitments, Credit Risk and Contingencies
 
The Corporation has commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit that involve certain elements of credit risk in excess of the amount stated in the consolidated balance sheet. The Corporation’s exposure to credit loss in the event of non-performance by the customer is represented by the contractual amount of those instruments. The credit risk associated with loan commitments and standby letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loans to customers and is subject to normal credit policies. Since many of these commitments expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash flow requirements.
 
Following is a summary of off-balance sheet credit risk information (in thousands):
 
                 
December 31   2008     2007  
 
Commitments to extend credit
  $ 1,254,470     $ 943,277  
Standby letters of credit
    97,016       76,708  
 
At December 31, 2008, funding of approximately 82.2% of the commitments to extend credit was dependent on the financial condition of the customer. The Corporation has the ability to withdraw such commitments at its discretion. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Based on management’s credit evaluation of the customer, collateral may be deemed


87


Table of Contents

necessary. Collateral requirements vary and may include accounts receivable, inventory, property, plant and equipment and income-producing commercial properties.
 
Standby letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by the Corporation that may require payment at a future date. The credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit is quantified on a quarterly basis, through the review of historical performance of the Corporation’s portfolios and allocated as a liability on the Corporation’s balance sheet.
 
The Corporation and its subsidiaries are involved in various pending and threatened legal proceedings in which claims for monetary damages and other relief are asserted. These actions include claims brought against the Corporation and its subsidiaries where the Corporation acted as one or more of the following: a depository bank, lender, underwriter, fiduciary, financial advisor, broker or was engaged in other business activities. Although the ultimate outcome for any asserted claim cannot be predicted with certainty, the Corporation believes that it and its subsidiaries have valid defenses for all asserted claims. Reserves are established for legal claims when losses associated with the claims are judged to be probable and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated.
 
Based on information currently available, advice of counsel, available insurance coverage and established reserves, the Corporation does not anticipate, at the present time, that the aggregate liability, if any, arising out of such legal proceedings will have a material adverse effect on the Corporation’s consolidated financial position. However, the Corporation cannot determine whether or not any claims asserted against it will have a material adverse effect on its consolidated results of operations in any future reporting period. It is possible, in the event of unexpected future developments, that the ultimate resolution of these matters, if unfavorable, may have a material adverse effect on the Corporation’s consolidated results of operations for a particular period.
 
17.   Comprehensive Income
 
The components of comprehensive income, net of related tax, are as follows (in thousands):
 
                         
Year Ended December 31   2008     2007     2006  
 
Net income
  $ 35,595     $ 69,678     $ 67,649  
Other comprehensive loss:
                       
Unrealized losses on securities:
                       
Arising during the period, net of tax (benefit) expense of $(7,713), $(1,384) and $161
    (14,324 )     (2,570 )     298  
Less: reclassification adjustment for (gains) losses included in net income, net of tax expense (benefit) of $(1,384), $363 and $631
    10,606       (674 )     (1,171 )
Unrealized (losses) gains on swap, net of tax (benefit) expense of $(69), $(455) and $1
    (128 )     (845 )     1  
Minimum benefit plan liability adjustment, net of tax (benefit) expense of $(8,573), $(594) and $234
    (15,921 )     (1,103 )     434  
                         
Other comprehensive loss
    (19,767 )     (5,192 )     (438 )
                         
Comprehensive income
  $ 15,829     $ 64,486     $ 67,211  
                         
 
The amount of the reclassification adjustment for losses (gains) included in net income differs from the amount shown in the consolidated statement of income because it does not include gains or losses realized on securities that were purchased and then sold during 2008.
 
The accumulated balances related to each component of other comprehensive income are as follows (in thousands):
 
                         
December 31   2008     2007     2006  
 
Net unrealized (losses) gains on securities
  $ (4,338 )   $ (621 )   $ 2,623  
Unrealized gain on swap
          128       973  
Net unrecognized pension and postretirement obligations
    (22,167 )     (6,245 )     (5,142 )
                         
Accumulated other comprehensive income
  $ (26,505 )   $ (6,738 )   $ (1,546 )
                         


88


Table of Contents

18.   Stock Incentive Plans
 
Restricted Stock
 
The Corporation issues restricted stock awards, consisting of both restricted stock and restricted stock units, to key employees under its Incentive Compensation Plans (Plans). The grant date fair value of the restricted stock awards is equal to the price of the Corporation’s common stock on the grant date. During 2008, 2007 and 2006, the Corporation issued 245,255, 146,885 and 2,350 restricted shares of common stock, respectively, with weighted average grant date fair values of $3.3 million, $2.4 million and $40,000, respectively, under these Plans. The Corporation has available up to 2,998,062 shares of common stock to issue under these Plans.
 
Under the Plans, more than half of the restricted stock awards granted to management are earned if the Corporation meets or exceeds certain financial performance results when compared to its peers. These performance-related awards are expensed ratably from the date that the likelihood of meeting the performance measure is probable through the end of a four-year vesting period. The service-based awards are expensed ratably over a three-year vesting period. The Corporation also issues discretionary service-based awards to certain employees that vest over five years.
 
The unvested restricted stock awards are eligible to receive cash dividends or dividend equivalents which are ultimately used to purchase additional shares of stock. Any additional shares of stock ultimately received as a result of cash dividends are subject to forfeiture if the requisite service period is not completed or the specified performance criteria are not met. These awards are subject to certain accelerated vesting provisions upon retirement, death, disability or in the event of a change of control as defined in the award agreements.
 
Share-based compensation expense related to restricted stock awards was $2.1 million, $1.9 million and $1.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, the tax benefit of which was $0.7 million, $0.6 million and $0.4 million, respectively.
 
The following table summarizes certain information concerning restricted stock awards:
 
                                                 
          Weighted
          Weighted
          Weighted
 
          Average
          Average
          Average
 
          Grant
          Grant
          Grant
 
    2008     Price     2007     Price     2006     Price  
 
Unvested shares outstanding at beginning of year
    387,064     $ 17.59       302,264     $ 18.54       296,457     $ 18.52  
Granted
    245,255       13.51       146,885       16.13       2,350       17.07  
Vested
    (114,675 )     18.58       (54,448 )     18.56       (10,996 )     15.34  
Forfeited
    (27,991 )     14.69       (26,847 )     17.16       (1,755 )     18.10  
Dividend reinvestment
    37,448       13.48       19,210       15.87       16,208       16.91  
                                                 
Unvested shares outstanding at end of year
    527,101       15.34       387,064       17.59       302,264       18.54  
                                                 
 
The total fair value of shares vested was $1.5 million, $0.9 million and $0.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
 
As of December 31, 2008, there was $3.5 million of unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested restricted stock awards granted including $0.2 million that is subject to accelerated vesting under the plan’s immediate vesting upon retirement provision for awards granted prior to the adoption of FAS 123R. The components of the restricted stock awards as of December 31, 2008 are as follows (dollars in thousands):
 
                         
    Service-
    Performance-
       
    Based
    Based
       
    Awards     Awards     Total  
 
Unvested shares
    205,566       321,535       527,101  
Unrecognized compensation expense
  $ 1,168     $ 2,306     $ 3,474  
Intrinsic value
    2,713       4,244       6,957  
Weighted average remaining life (in years)
    2.05       2.53       2.34  


89


Table of Contents

Stock Options
 
There were no stock options granted during 2008, 2007 or 2006. All outstanding stock options were granted at prices equal to the fair market value at the date of the grant, are primarily exercisable within ten years from the date of the grant and were fully vested as of January 1, 2006. The Corporation issues shares of treasury stock or authorized but unissued shares to satisfy stock option exercises. Shares issued upon the exercise of stock options were 543,584, 304,545 and 429,569 for 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
 
The following table summarizes certain information concerning stock option awards:
 
                                                 
          Weighted
          Weighted
          Weighted
 
          Average
          Average
          Average
 
          Price per
          Price per
          Price per
 
    2008     Share     2007     Share     2006     Share  
 
Options outstanding at beginning of year
    1,139,844     $ 11.75       1,450,225     $ 11.69       1,622,864     $ 11.54  
Assumed in acquisitions
    845,969       16.00                   224,351       11.63  
Exercised during the year
    (543,591 )     11.41       (310,381 )     11.48       (396,990 )     11.04  
Forfeited during the year
    (142,905 )     17.77                          
                                                 
Options outstanding and exercisable at end of year
    1,299,317       14.00       1,139,844       11.75       1,450,225       11.69  
                                                 
 
Upon consummation of the Corporation’s acquisitions, all outstanding options issued by the acquired companies were converted into equivalent F.N.B. Corporation options.
 
The following table summarizes information about stock options outstanding at December 31, 2008:
 
                         
Options Outstanding and Exercisable  
          Weighted Average
    Weighted
 
Range of Exercise
  Options
    Remaining
    Average
 
Prices   Outstanding     Contractual Years     Exercise Price  
 
$ 2.68 — $ 4.02
    16,779       4.20     $ 2.68  
  4.03 —   6.05
                 
  6.06 —   9.09
    29,250       2.00       8.98  
  9.10 —  13.65
    470,646       1.96       11.63  
 13.66 —  19.65
    782,642       2.51       15.86  
                         
      1,299,317                  
                         
 
The intrinsic value of outstanding and exercisable stock options at December 31, 2008 was $(2.6) million, since the fair value of the stock was less than the exercise price.
 
The following table shows proceeds from stock options exercised, related tax benefits realized from stock option exercises and the intrinsic value of the stock options exercised (in thousands):
 
                         
Year Ended December 31   2008     2007     2006  
 
Proceeds from stock options exercised
  $ 6,192     $ 3,422     $ 4,403  
Tax benefit recognized from stock options exercised
    988       613       610  
Intrinsic value of stock options exercised
    2,823       1,751       1,743  
 
Warrants
 
The Corporation assumed warrants to issue 123,394 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $10.00 in conjunction with the Legacy acquisition. Such warrants are exercisable and will expire on various dates in 2009. The Corporation has reserved shares of common stock for issuance in the event these warrants are exercised. As of December 31, 2008, warrants to purchase 45,524 shares of common stock remain outstanding.


90


Table of Contents

19.   Retirement Plans
 
The Corporation sponsors the F.N.B. Corporation Retirement Income Plan (RIP), a qualified noncontributory defined benefit pension plan covering substantially all salaried employees hired prior to January 1, 2008. The RIP covers employees who satisfy minimum age and length of service requirements. During 2006, the Corporation amended the RIP such that effective January 1, 2007, benefits are earned based on the employee’s compensation each year. The plan amendment resulted in a remeasurement that produced a net unrecognized service credit of $14.0 million, which is being amortized over the average period of future service of active employees of 13.5 years. Benefits of the RIP for service provided prior to December 31, 2006 are generally based on years of service and the employee’s highest compensation for five consecutive years during their last ten years of employment. During 2007, the Corporation amended the RIP such that it is closed to new participants who commence employment with the Corporation on or after January 1, 2008. The Corporation’s funding guideline has been to make annual contributions to the RIP each year, if necessary, such that minimum funding requirements are met. The Corporation made a contribution of $5.8 million to the RIP during 2006. Based on the funded status of the plan and the 2006 plan amendment, the Corporation did not make a contribution to the RIP in 2007 or 2008.
 
The Corporation also sponsors two supplemental non-qualified retirement plans. The ERISA Excess Retirement Plan provides retirement benefits equal to the difference, if any, between the maximum benefit allowable under the Internal Revenue Code and the amount that would be provided under the RIP, if no limits were applied. The Basic Retirement Plan (BRP) is applicable to certain officers who are designated by the Board of Directors. Officers participating in the BRP receive a benefit based on a target benefit percentage based on years of service at retirement and a designated tier as determined by the Board of Directors. When a participant retires, the basic benefit under the BRP is a monthly benefit equal to the target benefit percentage times the participant’s highest average monthly cash compensation during five consecutive calendar years within the last ten calendar years of employment. This monthly benefit is reduced by the monthly benefit the participant receives from Social Security, the qualified RIP, the ERISA Excess Retirement Plan and the annuity equivalent of the two percent automatic contributions to the qualified 401(k) defined contribution plan and the ERISA Excess Lost Match Plan. The BRP was frozen as of December 31, 2008, at which time the Corporation recognized a one-time charge of $0.8 million.
 
The following tables provide information relating to the accumulated benefit obligation, change in benefit obligation, change in plan assets, the plans’ funded status and the amount included in the consolidated balance sheet for the qualified and non-qualified plans described above (collectively, the Plans) (in thousands):
 
                 
December 31   2008     2007  
 
Accumulated benefit obligation
  $ 111,834     $ 102,683  
                 
 
                 
December 31   2008     2007  
 
Projected benefit obligation at beginning of year
  $ 105,291     $ 103,242  
Service cost
    3,292       3,239  
Interest cost
    6,648       6,186  
Acquisition of IRGB
    2,336        
Actuarial loss (gain)
    1,507       (3,112 )
Special termination benefits
    358        
Curtailment gain
    (1,642 )      
Benefits paid
    (4,564 )     (4,264 )
                 
Projected benefit obligation at end of year
  $ 113,226     $ 105,291  
                 
 
                 
December 31   2008     2007  
 
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year
  $ 111,037     $ 108,746  
Actual return on plan assets
    (16,475 )     5,835  
Corporation contribution
    750       720  
Acquisition of IRGB
    1,929        
Benefits paid
    (4,564 )     (4,264 )
                 
Fair value of plan assets at end of year
  $ 92,677     $ 111,037  
                 


91


Table of Contents

                 
December 31   2008     2007  
 
Funded status of plan
  $ (20,550 )   $ 5,747  
                 
 
The unrecognized actuarial loss, prior service cost and net transition obligation are required to be recognized into earnings over the average remaining service period, which may, on a net basis reduce future earnings. Net periodic pension cost is expected to increase by approximately $4.0 million in 2009 primarily reflecting the impact of the general performance of the market on the fair value of plan assets during 2008.
 
Actuarial assumptions used in the determination of the projected benefit obligation in the Plans are as follows:
 
                 
Assumptions at December 31   2008     2007  
 
Weighted average discount rate
    6.09 %     6.20 %
Rates of average increase in compensation levels
    4.00 %     4.00 %
 
The discount rate assumption at December 31, 2008 and 2007 was determined using a yield-curve based approach. A yield curve was produced for a universe containing the majority of U.S.-issued Aa-graded corporate bonds, all of which were non-callable (or callable with make-whole provisions), and after excluding the 10% of the bonds with the highest yields and the 10% of the bonds with the lowest yields. The discount rate was developed as the level equivalent rate that would produce the same present value as that using spot rates aligned with the projected benefit payments.
 
The net periodic pension cost and other comprehensive income for the Plans included the following components (in thousands):
 
                         
Year Ended December 31   2008     2007     2006  
 
Service cost
  $ 3,292     $ 3,239     $ 4,302  
Interest cost
    6,648       6,186       6,412  
Expected return on plan assets
    (8,789 )     (8,567 )     (7,993 )
Settlement charge (credit)
    762             (15 )
Special termination charge
    358              
Transition amount amortization
    (93 )     (93 )     (93 )
Prior service (credit) cost amortization
    (1,091 )     (1,089 )     (542 )
Actuarial loss amortization
    1,083       879       1,288  
                         
Net periodic pension cost
    2,170       555     $ 3,359  
                         
Other changes in plan assets and benefit obligations recognized in other comprehensive income:
                       
Current year actuarial loss (gain)
    26,771       (380 )        
Curtailment effects
    (2,403 )              
Amortization of actuarial loss
    (1,083 )     (879 )        
Amortization of prior service credit
    1,091       1,089          
Amortization of transition asset
    93       93          
                         
Total recognized in other comprehensive income
    24,469       (77 )        
                         
Total recognized in net periodic pension cost and other comprehensive income
  $ 26,639     $ 478          
                         
 
The plans have an actuarial measurement date of December 31. Actuarial assumptions used in the determination of the net periodic pension cost in the Plans are as follows:
 
                         
Assumptions for the Year Ended December 31   2008     2007     2006  
 
Weighted average discount rate
    6.21 %     5.90 %     5.70 %
Rates of increase in compensation levels
    4.00 %     4.00 %     4.00 %
Expected long-term rate of return on assets
    8.00 %     8.00 %     8.00 %


92


Table of Contents

The expected long-term rate of return on plan assets has been established by considering historical and anticipated expected returns on the asset classes invested in by the pension trust and the allocation strategy currently in place among those classes.
 
The change in plan assets reflects benefits paid from the qualified pension plans of $3.8 million and $3.5 million for 2008 and 2007, respectively, and employer contributions to the qualified pension plans of $0 for both 2008 and 2007. For the non-qualified pension plans, the change in plan assets reflects benefits paid and contributions to the plans in the same amount. This amount represents the actual benefit payments paid from general plan assets of $0.7 million for both 2008 and 2007. Based on the funded status of the plan and the 2006 plan amendment, the Corporation did not make a contribution to the RIP in 2008.
 
As of December 31, 2008 and 2007, the projected benefit obligation, accumulated benefit obligation and fair value of plan assets for the qualified and non-qualified pension plans were as follows (in thousands):
 
                                 
          Non-Qualified
 
    Qualified Pension Plans     Pension Plans  
December 31   2008     2007     2008     2007  
 
Projected benefit obligation
  $ 96,016     $ 87,696     $ 17,210     $ 17,595  
Accumulated benefit obligation
    94,710       87,045       17,124       15,637  
Fair value of plan assets
    92,677       111,037              
 
The impact of changes in the discount rate, expected long-term rate of return on plan assets and compensation levels would have had the following effects on 2008 pension expense (in thousands):
 
                 
    Estimated
       
    Increase in
       
    Pension
       
    Expense        
 
0.5% decrease in the discount rate
  $ 751          
0.5% decrease in the expected long-term rate of return on plan assets
    549          
 
The following table provides information regarding estimated future cash flows relating to the Plans at December 31, 2008 (in thousands):
 
             
Expected employer contributions:
  2009   $ 1,145  
Expected benefit payments:
  2009     5,653  
    2010     5,377  
    2011     5,812  
    2012     6,312  
    2013     6,523  
    2014 — 2018     41,277  
 
The qualified pension plan contributions are deposited into a trust and the qualified benefit payments are made from trust assets. For the non-qualified plans, the contributions and the benefit payments are the same and reflect expected benefit amounts, which are paid from general assets.
 
The Corporation’s subsidiaries participate in a qualified 401(k) defined contribution plan under which eligible employees may contribute a percentage of their salary. The Corporation matches 50 percent of an eligible employee’s contribution on the first 6 percent that the employee defers. Employees are generally eligible to participate upon completing 90 days of service and having attained age 21. As an offset to the decrease in RIP benefits, beginning with 2007, the Corporation began making an automatic two percent contribution and may make an additional contribution of up to two percent depending on the Corporation achieving its performance goals for the plan year. Effective January 1, 2008, the automatic contribution for substantially all new full-time employees was increased from two percent to four percent. As a result, the Corporation’s contribution expense of $4.3 million for 2008 increased from $3.1 million in 2007 and $1.5 million in 2006.
 
The Corporation also sponsors an ERISA Excess Lost Match Plan for certain officers. This plan provides retirement benefits equal to the difference, if any, between the maximum benefit allowable under the Internal


93


Table of Contents

Revenue Code and the amount that would have been provided under the qualified 401(k) defined contribution plan, if no limits were applied.
 
Pension Plan Investment Policy and Strategy
 
The Corporation’s investment strategy is to diversify plan assets between a wide mix of securities within the equity and debt markets in an effort to allow the plan the opportunity to meet the expected long-term rate of return requirements while minimizing short-term volatility, where possible. In this regard, the plan has targeted allocations within the equity securities category for domestic large cap, domestic mid cap, domestic small cap, real estate investment trusts, emerging market and international securities. Within the debt securities category, the plan has targeted allocation levels for U.S. treasury, U.S. agency, domestic investment grade bonds, high yield bonds, inflation protected securities and international bonds.
 
Following are asset allocations for the Corporation’s pension plans as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, and the target allocation for 2009, by asset category:
 
                         
    Target
       
    Allocation     Percentage of Plan Assets  
December 31   2009     2008     2007  
 
Asset Category
                       
Equity securities
    45 - 65 %     43 %     54 %
Debt securities
    35 - 55 %     45 %     38 %
Cash equivalents
    0 - 10 %     12 %     8 %
 
At December 31, 2008 and 2007, equity securities included 303,128 shares of the Corporation’s common stock totaling $4.0 million (4.4% of total plan assets) at December 31, 2008 and $4.5 million (4.0% of plan assets at December 31, 2007. The plan acquired 25,000 shares during 2007. Dividends received on these shares were $0.3 million for 2008 and 2007.
 
20.   Other Postretirement Benefit Plans
 
The Corporation sponsors a pre-Medicare eligible postretirement medical insurance plan for retirees of certain affiliates between the ages of 62 and 65. During 2006, the Corporation amended the plan such that only employees who are age 60 or older as of January 1, 2007 are eligible for employer paid coverage. The postretirement plan amendment resulted in a remeasurement that produced a net unrecognized service credit of $2.7 million, which has been amortized over the remaining service period of eligible employees of 1.3 years and has been fully recognized in 2007. The Corporation has no plan assets attributable to this plan and funds the benefits as claims arise. Benefit costs related to this plan are recognized in the periods in which employees provide service for such benefits. The Corporation reserves the right to terminate the plan or make plan changes at any time.
 
The following tables provide information relating to the change in benefit obligation, change in plan assets, the Plan’s funded status and the liability reflected in the consolidated balance sheet (in thousands):
 
                 
December 31   2008     2007  
 
Benefit obligation at beginning of year
  $ 2,262     $ 2,373  
Service cost
    24       57  
Interest cost
    115       134  
Plan participants’ contributions
    67       82  
Actuarial loss (gain)
    23       96  
Benefits paid
    (510 )     (480 )
Acquisitions
    16        
                 
Benefit obligation at end of year
  $ 1,997     $ 2,262  
                 
 


94


Table of Contents

                 
December 31   2008     2007  
 
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year
  $     $  
Corporation contribution
    443       398  
Plan participants’ contributions
    67       82  
Benefits paid
    (510 )     (480 )
                 
Fair value of plan assets at end of year
  $     $  
                 
 
                 
December 31   2008     2007  
 
Funded status of plan
  $ (1,997 )   $ (2,262 )
                 
 
Actuarial assumptions used in the determination of the benefit obligation in the Plan are as follows:
 
                 
Assumptions at December 31   2008     2007  
 
Discount rate
    5.70 %     5.50 %
Assumed healthcare cost trend:
               
Initial trend
    8.00 %     8.00 %
Ultimate trend
    5.00 %     5.00 %
Year ultimate trend reached
    2017       2016  
 
The discount rate assumption at December 31, 2008 was determined using the same yield-curve based approach as previously described in the Retirement Plans footnote.
 
Net periodic postretirement benefit (income) cost and other comprehensive income included the following components (in thousands):
 
                         
Year Ended December 31   2008     2007     2006  
 
Service cost
  $ 24     $ 57     $ 218  
Interest cost
    115       134       248  
Actuarial loss amortization
    2              
Prior service (credit) cost amortization
          (1,682 )     (1,042 )
                         
Net periodic postretirement benefit (income) cost
    141       (1,491 )   $ (576 )
                         
Other changes in plan assets and benefit obligations recognized in other comprehensive income:
                       
Current year actuarial loss
    23       96          
Amortization of actuarial loss
    (2 )              
Amortization of prior service credit
          1,683          
                         
Total recognized in other comprehensive income
    21       1,779          
                         
Total recognized in net periodic postretirement income and other comprehensive income
  $ 162     $ 288          
                         
 
Actuarial assumptions used in the determination of the net periodic postretirement cost in the Plan are as follows:
 
                         
Assumptions for the Year Ended December 31   2008     2007     2006  
 
Weighted average discount rate
    5.50 %     5.90 %     5.70 %
Assumed healthcare cost trend:
                       
Initial trend
    8.00 %     9.00 %     10.00 %
Ultimate trend
    5.00 %     5.00 %     5.00 %
Year ultimate cost trend reached
    2016       2011       2011  

95


Table of Contents

A one percentage point change in the assumed health care cost trend rate would have had the following effects on 2008 service and interest cost and the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation at December 31, 2008 (in thousands):
 
                 
    1% Increase     1% Decrease  
 
Effect on service and interest components of net periodic cost
  $ 5     $ (5 )
Effect on accumulated postretirement benefit obligation
    91       (84 )
 
The following table provides information regarding estimated future cash flows relating to the postretirement benefit plan at December 31, 2008 (in thousands):
 
             
Expected employer contributions:
  2009   $ 481  
Expected benefit payments:
  2009     534  
    2010     466  
    2011     298  
    2012     213  
    2013     194  
    2014 — 2018     759  
 
The contributions and the benefit payments for the postretirement benefit plan are the same and represent expected benefit amounts, net of participant contributions, which are paid from general plan assets.
 
21.   Income Taxes
 
Income tax expense, allocated based on a separate tax return basis, consists of the following (in thousands):
 
                         
Year Ended December 31   2008     2007     2006  
 
Current income taxes:
                       
Federal taxes
  $ 21,186     $ 26,442     $ 23,039  
State taxes
    117       168       259  
                         
      21,303       26,610       23,298  
Deferred income taxes:
                       
Federal taxes
    (14,017 )     1,889       6,313  
State taxes
    (49 )     (38 )     (74 )
                         
      (14,066 )     1,851       6,239  
                         
    $ 7,237     $ 28,461     $ 29,537  
                         
 
Income tax expense (benefit) related to gains (losses) on the sale of securities was $0.3 million, $0.4 million and $0.6 million for 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
 
Income tax expense and the effective tax rate for 2008 were favorably impacted by $0.6 million due to the outcome of examinations and/or the expiration of an uncertain tax position in the current period. The effective tax rates for 2008, 2007 and 2006 were all lower than the 35.0% federal statutory tax rate due to tax benefits resulting from tax-exempt income on investments, loans, tax credits and income from bank owned life insurance.
 
The following table provides a reconciliation between the federal statutory tax rate and the actual effective tax rate:
 
                         
Year Ended December 31   2008     2007     2006  
 
Federal statutory tax rate
    35.0 %     35.0 %     35.0 %
Effect of tax-free interest and dividend income
    (14.4 )     (4.5 )     (3.8 )
Tax credits and settlements
    (3.8 )     (1.0 )     (1.0 )
Other items
    0.1       (0.5 )     0.2  
                         
Actual effective tax rate
    16.9 %     29.0 %     30.4 %
                         


96


Table of Contents

The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to deferred tax assets and liabilities are presented below (in thousands):
 
                 
December 31   2008     2007  
 
Deferred tax assets:
               
Allowance for loan losses
  $ 46,790     $ 21,031  
State net operating loss carryforwards
    10,056       9,028  
Federal net operating loss carryforward
          155  
Deferred compensation
    4,802       2,983  
Purchase accounting adjustments
    3,299        
Tax credits
    1,508        
Securities impairments
    7,308       373  
Pension and other defined benefit plans
    9,203        
Net unrealized securities losses
    2,343       247  
Other
    2,180       1,462  
                 
Total
    87,489       35,279  
Valuation allowance
    (12,068 )     (10,833 )
                 
Total deferred tax assets
    75,421       24,446  
                 
Deferred tax liabilities:
               
Loan fees
    (1,636 )     (1,593 )
Depreciation
    (6,771 )     (110 )
Pension and other defined benefit plans
          (40 )
Intangibles
    (13,880 )     (5,594 )
Prepaid expenses
    (466 )     (627 )
Other
    (214 )     (767 )
                 
Total deferred tax liabilities
    (22,967 )     (8,731 )
                 
Net deferred tax assets
  $ 52,454     $ 15,715  
                 
 
The Corporation establishes a valuation allowance when it is more likely than not that the Corporation will not be able to realize the benefit of the deferred tax assets, or when future deductibility is uncertain. Periodically, the valuation allowance is reviewed and adjusted based on management’s assessment of realizable deferred tax assets. At December 31, 2008, the Corporation had unused state net operating loss carryforwards expiring from 2009 to 2027. The Corporation anticipates that neither the state net operating loss carryforwards nor the other net deferred tax assets at certain of its subsidiaries will be utilized and, as such, has recorded a valuation allowance against the deferred tax assets related to these carryforwards. The Corporation has $1.5 million of alternative minimum tax credits that may be carried forward indefinitely.
 
The Corporation adopted the provisions of FIN 48 on January 1, 2007. As a result of the implementation of FIN 48, the Corporation recognized an increase of $1.2 million in the liability for unrecognized tax benefits including $0.1 million related to interest. The cumulative effect of the adoption of FIN 48 was accounted for as a decrease to the January 1, 2007 balance of retained earnings. On January 1, 2007, the Corporation’s unrecognized tax benefits were $3.6 million, net of federal income tax benefit, of which $0.3 million relates to interest and $2.7 million relates to tax positions, the recognition of which would affect the Corporation’s effective income tax rate.
 
As of December 31, 2008 and 2007, the Corporation has approximately $2.8 million and $2.6 million, respectively, of unrecognized tax benefits and interest. As of December 31, 2008 and 2007, $0.2 million and $0.2 million, respectively, relates to interest and $1.1 million and $1.8 million, respectively, relates to tax positions, the recognition of which would affect the Corporation’s effective income tax rate. The Corporation recognizes potential accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense. To the extent interest is not assessed with respect to uncertain tax positions, amounts accrued will be reduced and reflected as a reduction of the overall income tax provision.
 
The Corporation files numerous consolidated and separate income tax returns in the United States federal jurisdiction and in several state jurisdictions. The Corporation is no longer subject to U.S. federal income tax


97


Table of Contents

examinations for years prior to 2005. However, the Corporation’s 2006 and 2007 federal income tax returns are presently under examination. With limited exception, the Corporation is no longer subject to state income tax examinations for years prior to 2005 and state income tax returns for 2005 through 2007 are currently subject to examination. Management does not anticipate that federal or state examinations will result in an unfavorable material change to its financial position or results of operations. However, it is reasonably possible that a reduction in the unrecognized tax benefit of up to $0.2 million may occur in the next twelve months from the outcome of examinations and/or the expiration of statutes of limitations which would result in a reduction in income taxes.
 
Unrecognized Tax Benefits
 
A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits (excluding interest and the federal income tax benefit of unrecognized state tax benefits) is as follows (in thousands):
 
                 
Year Ended December 31   2008     2007  
 
Balance at beginning of year
  $ 3,254     $ 3,901  
Additions based on tax positions related to current year
    951       872  
Additions based on tax positions of prior year
    330        
Reductions for tax positions of prior years
    (193 )      
Reductions due to statute of limitations
    (952 )     (1,519 )
Settlements
    (180 )      
                 
Balance at end of year
  $ 3,210     $ 3,254  
                 
 
22.   Earnings per Share
 
The following tables set forth the computation of basic and diluted earnings per share (dollars in thousands, except per share data):
 
                         
Year Ended December 31   2008     2007     2006  
 
Net income - basic earnings per share
  $ 35,595     $ 69,678     $ 67,649  
Interest expense on convertible debt
    20       22       20  
                         
Net income after assumed conversion - diluted earnings per share
  $ 35,615     $ 69,700     $ 67,669  
                         
                         
Basic weighted average common shares outstanding
    80,654,153       60,135,859       58,852,623  
Net effect of dilutive stock options, warrants, restricted stock and convertible debt
    343,834       493,206       524,025  
                         
Diluted weighted average common shares outstanding
    80,997,987       60,629,065       59,376,648  
                         
                         
Basic earnings per share
  $ 0.44     $ 1.16     $ 1.15  
                         
Diluted earnings per share
  $ 0.44     $ 1.15     $ 1.14  
                         
 
23.   Regulatory Matters
 
The Corporation and FNBPA are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies. Quantitative measures established by regulators to ensure capital adequacy require the Corporation and FNBPA to maintain minimum amounts and ratios of total and Tier 1 capital (as defined in the regulations) to risk-weighted assets (as defined) and of leverage ratio (as defined). Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory, and possibly additional discretionary actions, by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Corporation’s consolidated financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Corporation and FNBPA must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of assets, liabilities and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The Corporation’s and FNBPA’s capital amounts and classifications are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings and other factors.


98


Table of Contents

The Corporation’s management believes that, as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, the Corporation and FNBPA met all capital adequacy requirements to which either of them was subject.
 
As of December 31, 2008, the most recent notification from the Federal Banking Agencies categorized the Corporation and FNBPA as well-capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. There are no conditions or events since the notification which management believes have changed this categorization.
 
Following are the capital ratios as of December 31, 2008 and 2007 for the Corporation and FNBPA (dollars in thousands):
 
                                                 
          Well-Capitalized
    Minimum Capital
 
    Actual     Requirements     Requirements  
December 31, 2008   Amount     Ratio     Amount     Ratio     Amount     Ratio  
 
Total Capital (to risk-weighted assets):
                                               
F.N.B. Corporation
  $ 662,600       11.1 %   $ 595,569       10.0 %   $ 476,455       8.0 %
FNBPA
    624,976       10.7       583,070       10.0       466,456       8.0  
Tier 1 Capital (to risk-weighted assets):
                                               
F.N.B. Corporation
    577,317       9.7       357,342       6.0       238,228       4.0  
FNBPA
    551,931       9.5       349,842       6.0       233,228       4.0  
Leverage Ratio:
                                               
F.N.B. Corporation
    577,317       7.3       393,141       5.0       314,513       4.0  
FNBPA
    551,931       7.2       385,201       5.0       308,161       4.0  
December 31, 2007
                                               
Total Capital (to risk-weighted assets):
                                               
F.N.B. Corporation
  $ 501,490       11.5 %   $ 437,905       10.0 %   $ 350,324       8.0 %
FNBPA
    460,834       10.8       426,062       10.0       340,849       8.0  
Tier 1 Capital (to risk-weighted assets):
                                               
F.N.B. Corporation
    436,758       10.0       262,743       6.0       175,162       4.0  
FNBPA
    414,228       9.7       255,637       6.0       170,425       4.0  
Leverage Ratio:
                                               
F.N.B. Corporation
    436,758       7.5       292,482       5.0       233,985       4.0  
FNBPA
    414,228       7.3       284,200       5.0       227,360       4.0  
 
FNBPA was required to maintain aggregate cash reserves with the FRB amounting to $43.5 million at December 31, 2008. The Corporation also maintains deposits for various services such as check clearing.
 
Certain limitations exist under applicable law and regulations by regulatory agencies regarding dividend distributions to a parent by its subsidiaries. As of December 31, 2008, the Corporation’s nonbanking subsidiaries had $6.4 million of retained earnings available for distribution to the Corporation without prior regulatory approval.
 
Under current FRB regulations, FNBPA is limited in the amount it may lend to non-bank affiliates, including the Corporation. Such loans must be secured by specified collateral. In addition, any such loans to a non-bank affiliate may not exceed 10% of FNBPA’s capital and surplus and the aggregate of loans to all such affiliates may not exceed 20% of FNBPA’s capital and surplus. The maximum amount that may be borrowed by the Corporation under these provisions was $67.7 million at December 31, 2008.
 
24.   Business Segments
 
The Corporation operates in four reportable segments: Community Banking, Wealth Management, Insurance and Consumer Finance.
 
  •     The Community Banking segment offers services traditionally offered by full-service commercial banks, including commercial and individual demand, savings and time deposit accounts and commercial, mortgage and individual installment loans.
  •     The Wealth Management segment provides a broad range of personal and corporate fiduciary services including the administration of decedent and trust estates. In addition, it offers various


99


Table of Contents

  alternative products, including securities brokerage and investment advisory services, mutual funds and annuities.
  •     The Insurance segment includes a full-service insurance agency offering all lines of commercial and personal insurance through major carriers. The Insurance segment also includes a reinsurer.
  •     The Consumer Finance segment is primarily involved in making installment loans to individuals and purchasing installment sales finance contracts from retail merchants. The Consumer Finance segment activity is funded through the sale of the Corporation’s subordinated notes at Regency’s branch offices.
 
The following tables provide financial information for these segments of the Corporation (in thousands). The information provided under the caption “Parent and Other” represents operations not considered to be reportable segments and/or general operating expenses of the Corporation, and includes the parent company, other non-bank subsidiaries and eliminations and adjustments which are necessary for purposes of reconciling to the consolidated amounts.
 
                                                 
          Wealth
                         
    Community
    Manage-
          Consumer
    Parent
       
    Banking     ment     Insurance     Finance     and Other     Consolidated  
 
At or for the Year Ended December 31, 2008
                                               
Interest income
  $ 375,876     $ 50     $ 408     $ 32,287     $ 1,160     $ 409,781  
Interest expense
    140,473       7             5,837       11,672       157,989  
Net interest income
    235,403       43       408       26,450       (10,512 )     251,792  
Provision for loan losses
    66,110                   5,642       619       72,371  
Non-interest income
    59,025       21,320       13,127       2,193       (9,550 )     86,115  
Non-interest expense
    174,681       14,953       11,585       14,965       78       216,262  
Intangible amortization
    5,675       274       493                   6,442  
Income tax expense (benefit)
    9,280       2,187       552       2,852       (7,634 )     7,237  
Net income (loss)
    38,682       3,949       905       5,184       (13,125 )     35,595  
Total assets
    8,184,555       19,653       23,623       164,835       (27,855 )     8,364,811  
Total intangibles
    547,036       12,734       12,928       1,809             574,507  
 
                                                 
          Wealth
                         
    Community
    Manage-
          Consumer
    Parent
       
    Banking     ment     Insurance     Finance     and Other     Consolidated  
 
At or for the Year Ended December 31, 2007
                                               
Interest income
  $ 338,847     $ 121     $ 466     $ 31,780     $ (2,324 )   $ 368,890  
Interest expense
    158,524       9             6,379       9,141       174,053  
Net interest income
    180,323       112       466       25,401       (11,465 )     194,837  
Provision for loan losses
    7,875                   4,818             12,693  
Non-interest income
    55,946       16,034       11,769       2,083       (4,223 )     81,609  
Non-interest expense
    126,625       11,734       9,807       14,361       (1,319 )     161,208  
Intangible amortization
    3,936       25       445                   4,406  
Income tax expense (benefit)
    28,497       1,569       732       3,006       (5,343 )     28,461  
Net income (loss)
    69,336       2,818       1,251       5,299       (9,026 )     69,678  
Total assets
    5,909,315       6,665       22,938       156,780       (7,677 )     6,088,021  
Total intangibles
    247,619       1,252       10,879       1,809             261,559  
 


100


Table of Contents

                                                 
          Wealth
                         
    Community
    Manage-
          Consumer
    Parent
       
    Banking     ment     Insurance     Finance     and Other     Consolidated  
 
At or for the Year Ended December 31, 2006
                                               
Interest income
  $ 314,075     $ 150     $ 563     $ 30,785     $ (3,151 )   $ 342,422  
Interest expense
    139,337       9             5,805       8,434       153,585  
Net interest income
    174,738       141       563       24,980       (11,585 )     188,837  
Provision for loan losses
    4,884                   5,528             10,412  
Non-interest income
    57,828       13,632       12,185       2,085       (6,455 )     79,275  
Non-interest expense
    122,778       9,993       10,278       14,778       (1,461 )     156,366  
Intangible amortization
    3,687       16       445                   4,148  
Income tax expense (benefit)
    30,254       1,348       744       2,501       (5,310 )     29,537  
Net income (loss)
    70,963       2,416       1,281       4,258       (11,269 )     67,649  
Total assets
    5,839,636       6,650       25,400       151,981       (16,075 )     6,007,592  
Total intangibles
    251,928       1,277       11,324       1,809             266,338  
 
25.   Cash Flow Information
 
Following is a summary of cash flow information (in thousands):
 
                         
Year Ended December 31   2008     2007     2006  
 
Interest paid on deposits and other borrowings
  $ 153,125     $ 177,148     $ 151,485  
Income taxes paid
    26,300       24,282       16,250  
Transfers of loans to other real estate owned
    11,973       5,462       4,427  
Transfers of other real estate owned to loans
    985       290       229  
 
Supplemental non-cash information relating to the Corporation’s acquisitions is included in the Mergers and Acquisitions footnote included in this Item of the Report.

101


Table of Contents

26.   Parent Company Financial Statements
 
The following is condensed financial information of F.N.B. Corporation (parent company only). In this information, the parent company’s investments in subsidiaries are stated at cost plus equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries since acquisition. During 2007, First National Corporation, a Delaware corporation that held equity securities and other assets, was merged into the parent. This information should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements.
 
                 
Balance Sheets (in thousands)
           
December 31   2008     2007  
 
Assets
               
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 66,779     $ 21,698  
Securities available for sale
    3,793       5,896  
Premises and equipment
    4,598        
Other assets
    21,715       21,558  
Investment in and advance to bank subsidiary
    1,086,232       690,086  
Investments in and advances to non-bank subsidiaries
    194,308       211,635  
                 
Total Assets
  $ 1,377,425     $ 950,873  
                 
Liabilities
               
Other liabilities
  $ 31,470     $ 27,802  
Advances from affiliates
    201,058       210,540  
Junior subordinated debt owed to unconsolidated subsidiary trusts
    205,156       151,031  
Subordinated notes:
               
Short-term
    9,733       11,844  
Long-term
    4,024       5,299  
                 
Total Liabilities
    451,441       406,516  
                 
Stockholders’ Equity
    925,984       544,357  
                 
Total Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity
  $ 1,377,425     $ 950,873  
                 


102


Table of Contents

Statements of Income (in thousands)
Year Ended December 31
                         
    2008     2007     2006  
 
Income
                       
Dividend income from subsidiaries:
                       
Bank
  $ 123,700     $ 65,500     $ 63,500  
Non-bank
    10,075       5,500       6,901  
                         
      133,775       71,000       70,401  
Interest income
    11,682       14,181       12,595  
Other income
    (1,124 )     551       (316 )
                         
Total Income
    144,333       85,732       82,680  
                         
Expenses
                       
Interest expense
    23,271       22,951       21,324  
Other expenses
    5,218       4,314       5,196  
                         
Total Expenses
    28,489       27,265       26,520  
                         
Income Before Taxes and Equity in Undistributed Income of Subsidiaries
    115,844       58,467       56,160  
Income tax benefit
    6,655       4,703       5,229  
                         
      122,499       63,170       61,389  
Equity in undistributed income (loss) of subsidiaries:
                       
Bank
    (80,889 )     6,654       7,463  
Non-bank
    (6,015 )     (146 )     (1,203 )
                         
Net Income
  $ 35,595     $ 69,678     $ 67,649  
                         


103


Table of Contents

Statements of Cash Flows (in thousands)
Year Ended December 31
                         
    2008     2007     2006  
 
Operating Activities
                       
Net income
  $ 35,595     $ 69,678     $ 67,649  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash flows from operating activities:
                       
Undistributed earnings from subsidiaries
    86,904       (7,181 )     (6,260 )
Other, net
    7,901       265       (1,743 )
                         
Net cash flows provided by operating activities
    130,400       62,762       59,646  
                         
Investing Activities
                       
Purchase of securities available for sale
    (3,035 )     (161 )      
Proceeds from sale of securities available for sale
    6,045              
Net decrease (increase) in advances to subsidiaries
    54,035       (13,169 )     (710 )
Investment in subsidiaries
    (540,454 )     2,093       (2,502 )
Net cash paid for mergers and acquisitions
    (23,869 )           (21,150 )
                         
Net cash flows used in investing activities
    (507,278 )     (11,237 )     (24,362 )
                         
Financing Activities
                       
Net (decrease) increase in advance from affiliate
    (9,738 )     12,699       29,649  
Net decrease in short-term borrowings
    (2,110 )     (5,571 )     (21,089 )
Decrease in long-term debt
    (2,746 )     (3,759 )     (9,195 )
Increase in long-term debt
    1,471       1,888       2,950  
Proceeds from the issuance of junior subordinated debt owed to unconsolidated subsidiary trusts
                22,165  
Net acquisition of common stock
    513,365       (51 )     736  
Cash dividends paid
    (78,283 )     (57,450 )     (55,362 )
                         
Net cash flows provided by (used in) financing activities
    421,959       (52,244 )     (30,146 )
                         
Net Increase (Decrease) in Cash and Cash Equivalents
    45,081       (719 )     5,138  
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
    21,698       22,417       17,279  
                         
Cash and Cash Equivalents at End of Year
  $ 66,779     $ 21,698     $ 22,417  
                         
Cash paid during the year for:
                       
Interest
  $ 23,281     $ 22,931     $ 21,262  


104


Table of Contents

27.   Fair Value Measurements
 
The Corporation uses fair value measurements to record fair value adjustments to certain financial assets and liabilities and to determine fair value disclosures. Securities available for sale and derivatives are recorded at fair value on a recurring basis. Additionally, from time to time, the Corporation may be required to record at fair value other assets on a nonrecurring basis, such as mortgage loans held for sale, certain impaired loans, OREO and certain other assets.
 
Fair value is defined as an exit price, representing the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Fair value measurements are not adjusted for transaction costs. Fair value is a market-based measure considered from the perspective of a market participant who holds the asset or owes the liability rather than an entity-specific measure.
 
In determining fair value, the Corporation uses various valuation approaches, including market, income and cost approaches. FAS 157 establishes a hierarchy for inputs used in measuring fair value that maximizes the use of observable inputs and minimizes the use of unobservable inputs by requiring that observable inputs be used when available. Observable inputs are inputs that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability, which are developed based on market data obtained from sources independent of the Corporation. Unobservable inputs reflect the Corporation’s assumptions about the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability, which are developed based on the best information available in the circumstances.
 
The fair value hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted market prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1 measurement) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3 measurement). The fair value hierarchy under FAS 157 is broken down into three levels based on the reliability of inputs as follows:
 
     
Level 1
  valuation is based upon unadjusted quoted market prices for identical instruments traded in active markets.
Level 2
  valuation is based upon quoted market prices for similar instruments traded in active markets, quoted market prices for identical or similar instruments traded in markets that are not active and model-based valuation techniques for which all significant assumptions are observable in the market or can be corroborated by market data.
Level 3
  valuation is derived from other valuation methodologies including discounted cash flow models and similar techniques that use significant assumptions not observable in the market. These unobservable assumptions reflect estimates of assumptions that market participants would use in determining fair value.
 
A financial instrument’s level within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement.
 
Following is a description of valuation methodologies used for financial instruments recorded at fair value on either a recurring or nonrecurring basis:
 
Securities Available For Sale
 
Securities available-for-sale consists of both debt and equity securities. These securities are recorded at fair value on a recurring basis. At December 31, 2008, approximately 95.1% of these securities used valuation methodologies involving market-based or market-derived information, collectively Level 1 and Level 2 measurements, to measure fair value. The remaining 4.9% of these securities were measured using model-based techniques, with primarily unobservable (Level 3) inputs.
 
The Corporation closely monitors market conditions involving assets that have become less actively traded. If the fair value measurement is based upon recent observable market activity of such assets or comparable assets (other than forced or distressed transactions) that occur in sufficient volume, and do not require significant adjustment using unobservable inputs, those assets are classified as Level 1 or Level 2; if not, they are classified as Level 3. Making this assessment requires significant judgment.


105


Table of Contents

The Corporation uses prices from independent pricing services and to a lesser extent, indicative (non-binding) quotes from independent brokers, to measure the fair value of investment securities. The Corporation validates prices received from pricing services or brokers using a variety of methods, including, but not limited to, comparison to secondary pricing services, corroboration of pricing by reference to other independent market data such as secondary broker quotes and relevant benchmark indices, and review of pricing by Corporate personnel familiar with market liquidity and other market related conditions.
 
Derivative Financial Instruments
 
Fair value for derivatives is determined using widely accepted valuation techniques including discounted cash flow analysis on the expected cash flows of each derivative. This analysis reflects contractual terms of the derivative, including the period to maturity and uses observable market based inputs, including interest rate curves and implied volatilities.
 
To comply with the provisions of FAS 157, the Corporation incorporates credit valuation adjustments to appropriately reflect both its own non-performance risk and the respective counterparty’s non-performance risk in the fair value measurements. In adjusting the fair value of its derivative contracts for the effect of non-performance risk, the Corporation has considered the impact of netting and any applicable credit enhancements, such as collateral postings, thresholds, mutual puts and guarantees.
 
Although the Corporation has determined that the majority of the inputs used to value its derivatives fall within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy, the credit valuation adjustments associated with its derivatives utilize Level 3 inputs, such as estimates of current credit spreads to evaluate the likelihood of default by itself and its counterparties. However, as of December 31, 2008, the Corporation has assessed the significance of the impact of the credit valuation adjustments on the overall valuation of its derivative positions and has determined that the credit valuation adjustments are not significant to the overall valuation of its derivatives. As a result, the Corporation has determined that its derivative valuations in their entirety are classified in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.
 
Loans Held For Sale
 
These loans are carried at the lower of cost or fair value. Under lower-of-cost-or-fair value accounting, periodically, it may be necessary to record nonrecurring fair value adjustments. Fair value, when recorded, is generally based on independent quoted market prices and is classified as Level 2. When observable inputs are not available, fair value is estimated based on the present value of expected future cash flows using the Corporation’s best estimates of key assumptions. The Corporation classifies loans held for sale that are valued in this manner as Level 3 because significant unobservable inputs are used.
 
Impaired Loans
 
Certain commercial and commercial real estate loans considered impaired as defined in FAS 114 are reserved for at the time the loan is identified as impaired according to the fair value of the collateral less estimated selling costs. Collateral may be real estate and/or business assets including equipment, inventory and accounts receivable.
 
The value of real estate is determined based on appraisals by qualified licensed appraisers. The value of business assets is generally based on amounts reported on the business’s financial statements. Appraised and reported values may be discounted based on management’s historical knowledge, changes in market conditions from the time of valuation and/or management’s knowledge of the client and the client’s business. Since not all valuation inputs are observable, these nonrecurring fair value determinations are classified as Level 2 or Level 3 based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement.
 
Impaired loans are reviewed and evaluated on at least a quarterly basis for additional impairment and adjusted accordingly, based on the same factors identified above.


106


Table of Contents

Other Real Estate Owned
 
OREO is comprised of commercial and residential real estate properties obtained in partial or total satisfaction of loan obligations. OREO acquired in settlement of indebtedness is recorded at the lower of carrying amount of the loan or fair value less costs to sell. Subsequently, these assets are carried at the lower of carrying value or fair value less costs to sell. Accordingly, it may be necessary to record nonrecurring fair value adjustments. Fair value, when recorded, is generally based upon appraisals by qualified licensed appraisers and is classified as Level 2.
 
The following table presents the balances of assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2008 (in thousands):
 
                                 
    Level 1     Level 2     Level 3     Total  
 
Assets measured at fair value:
                               
Securities available for sale
  $ 1,566     $ 457,310     $ 23,394     $ 482,270  
Other assets (interest rate swaps)
          19,394             19,394  
                                 
    $ 1,566     $ 476,704     $ 23,394     $ 501,664  
                                 
Liabilities measured at fair value:
                               
Other liabilities (interest rate swaps)
        $ 18,781           $ 18,781  
                                 
          $ 18,781           $ 18,781  
                                 
 
The following table presents additional information about assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis and for which the Corporation has utilized Level 3 inputs to determine fair value (in thousands):
 
         
    Year Ended
 
    December 31,
 
    2008  
 
Balance at beginning of year
  $ 14,339  
Total gains (losses) — realized/unrealized:
       
Included in earnings
    (11,033 )
Included in other comprehensive income
    (9,884 )
Purchases, issuances and settlements
    267  
Transfers in and/or (out) of Level 3
    29,705  
         
Balance at end of year
  $ 23,394  
         
 
The Corporation reviews fair value hierarchy classifications on a quarterly basis. Changes in the observability of the valuation attributes may result in reclassification of certain financial assets or liabilities. Such reclassifications are reported as transfers in/out of Level 3 at fair value at the beginning of the period in which the changes occur.
 
The amount of total losses for 2008 included in earnings attributable to the change in unrealized losses relating to assets still held at December 31, 2008 was $11.0 million. This loss is included in the $17.2 million impairment loss on securities reported as a component of non-interest income.
 
Trust preferred securities with a fair value totaling $29.7 million were transferred from Level 2 to Level 3 during 2008. These securities were classified as Level 3 primarily due to the absence of market activity resulting in a lack of observable inputs or comparable trades that could be used to establish a benchmark for valuation. Fair values for these securities were determined using discounted cash flow models, which incorporate certain assumptions and projections in determining fair values assigned.


107


Table of Contents

In accordance with GAAP, from time to time, the Corporation measures certain assets at fair value on a nonrecurring basis. These adjustments to fair value usually result from the application of lower of cost or fair value accounting or write-downs of individual assets. Valuation methodologies used to measure these fair value adjustments were previously described. For assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis during 2008 that were still held in the balance sheet at December 31, 2008, the following table provides the hierarchy level and the fair value of the related assets or portfolios (in thousands):
 
                                                 
                            Total Losses For
       
    Fair Value at December 31, 2008     The Year Ended
       
    Level 1     Level 2     Level 3     Total     December 31, 2008        
 
Impaired loans
        $ 31,553     $ 27,621     $ 59,174     $ 19,370          
Other real estate owned
          4,578             4,578       1,961          
                                                 
                                    $ 21,331          
                                                 
 
Impaired loans with a carrying amount of $70.5 million had an allocated allowance for loan losses of $19.4 million at December 31, 2008. The allocated allowance is based on the fair value of collateral of $51.1 million (collateral value of $59.2 million less estimated costs to sell of $8.1 million). The $19.4 million charge was included in the provision for loan losses for the year ended December 31, 2008.
 
OREO with a carrying amount of $6.0 million were written down to $4.0 million (fair value of $4.6 million less estimated costs to sell of $0.6 million), resulting in a loss of $2.0 million, which was included in earnings for the year ended December 31, 2008.
 
Fair Value of Financial Instruments
 
The estimated fair values of the Corporation’s financial instruments are as follows (in thousands):
 
                                 
    2008     2007  
    Carrying
          Carrying
       
December 31   Amount     Fair Value     Amount     Fair Value  
 
Financial Assets
                               
Cash and short-term investments
  $ 172,203     $ 172,203     $ 130,717     $ 130,717  
Securities available for sale
    482,270       482,270       358,421       358,421  
Securities held to maturity
    843,863       851,251       667,553       665,914  
Net loans, including loans held for sale
    5,726,358       5,733,157       4,297,066       4,325,859  
Bank owned life insurance
    217,737       214,227       133,885       133,599  
Accrued interest receivable
    29,838       29,838       26,397       26,397  
                                 
Financial Liabilities
                               
Deposits
    6,054,623       6,089,424       4,397,684       4,410,588  
Short-term borrowings
    596,263       596,263       449,823       449,823  
Long-term debt
    490,250       502,713       481,366       484,873  
Junior subordinated debt owed to unconsolidated subsidiary trusts
    205,386       107,062       151,031       142,010  
Accrued interest payable
    12,732       12,732       7,868       7,868  
 
The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of each financial instrument:
 
Cash and Due from Banks.  For these short-term instruments, the carrying amount is a reasonable estimate of fair value.
 
Securities.  For both securities available for sale and securities held to maturity, fair value equals the quoted market price from an active market, if available, and is classified within Level 1. If a quoted market price is not available, fair value is estimated using quoted market prices for similar securities or pricing models, and is classified as Level 2. Where there is limited market activity or significant valuation inputs are unobservable,


108


Table of Contents

securities are classified within Level 3. Under current market conditions, assumptions used to determine fair value of Level 3 securities have greater subjectivity due to the lack of observable market transactions.
 
Loans.  The fair value of fixed rate loans is estimated by discounting the future cash flows using the current rates at which similar loans would be made to borrowers with similar credit ratings and for the same remaining maturities. The fair value of variable and adjustable rate loans approximates the carrying amount.
 
Bank Owned Life Insurance.  The Corporation owns both general account and separate account bank owned life insurance (BOLI). The fair value of general account BOLI is based on the insurance contract cash surrender value. The fair value of separate account BOLI equals the quoted market price of the underlying securities, if available. If a quoted market price is not available, fair value is estimated using quoted market prices for similar securities.
 
Deposits.  The fair value of demand deposits, savings accounts and certain money market deposits is the amount payable on demand at the reporting date. The fair value of fixed-maturity deposits is estimated by discounting future cash flows using rates currently offered for deposits of similar remaining maturities.
 
Short-Term Borrowings.  The carrying amounts for short-term borrowings approximate fair value for amounts that mature in 90 days or less. The fair value of subordinated notes is estimated by discounting future cash flows using rates currently offered.
 
Long-Term and Junior Subordinated Debt.  The fair value of long-term and junior subordinated debt is estimated by discounting future cash flows based on the market prices for the same or similar issues or on the current rates offered to the Corporation for debt of the same remaining maturities.
 
Loan Commitments and Standby Letters of Credit.  Estimates of the fair value of these off-balance sheet items were not made because of the short-term nature of these arrangements and the credit standing of the counterparties. Also, unfunded loan commitments relate principally to variable rate commercial loans, typically non-binding, and fees are not normally assessed on these balances.


109


Table of Contents

ITEM 9.      CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE
 
NONE.
 
ITEM 9A.      CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
 
EVALUATION OF DISCLOSURE CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES. The Corporation’s management, with the participation of the Corporation’s principal executive and financial officers, evaluated the Corporation’s disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13(a)-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) as of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Based on this evaluation, the Corporation’s management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, concluded that, as of the end of the period covered by this Report, the Corporation’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of such date at the reasonable assurance level as discussed below to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the Corporation in the reports it files under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the rules and forms of the Securities and Exchange Commission and that such information is accumulated and communicated to the Corporation’s management, including its principal executive officer and principal financial officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.
 
LIMITATIONS ON THE EFFECTIVENESS OF CONTROLS. The Corporation’s management, including the CEO and CFO, does not expect that the Corporation’s disclosure controls and internal controls will prevent all errors and all fraud. A control system, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met. Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, within the Corporation have been detected. These inherent limitations include the realities that judgments in decision-making can be faulty, and that breakdowns can occur because of simple error or mistake. In addition, controls can be circumvented by the individual acts of some persons, by collusion of two or more people or by management override of the controls.
 
CHANGES IN INTERNAL CONTROLS. The CEO and CFO have evaluated the changes to the Corporation’s internal controls over financial reporting that occurred during the Corporation’s fiscal quarter ended December 31, 2008, as required by paragraph (d) of Rules 13a-15 and 15d-15 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and have concluded that none of such changes materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Corporation’s internal controls over financial reporting.
 
Refer to page 57 under Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, for Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting.
 
ITEM 9B.      OTHER INFORMATION
 
NONE.


110


Table of Contents

 
PART III
 
ITEM 10.      DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
 
Information relating to this item is provided in the Corporation’s definitive proxy statement filed with the SEC in connection with its annual meeting of stockholders to be held May 20, 2009. Such information is incorporated herein by reference. Certain information regarding executive officers is included under the caption “Executive Officers of the Registrant” after Part I, Item 4, of this Report.
 
ITEM 11.      EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
 
Information relating to this item is provided in the Corporation’s definitive proxy statement filed with the SEC in connection with its annual meeting of stockholders to be held May 20, 2009. Such information is incorporated herein by reference. The Report of the Compensation Committee and the Report of the Audit Committee, however, shall not be deemed filed with the Commission, but shall be deemed furnished to the Commission in this Form 10-K report, and will not be deemed to be incorporated by reference into any filing under the Securities Act of 1933 or the Exchange Act of 1934, except to the extent that the Corporation specifically incorporates it by reference.
 
ITEM 12.      SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
 
With the exception of the equity compensation plan information provided below, the information relating to this item is provided in the Corporation’s definitive proxy statement filed with the SEC in connection with its annual meeting of stockholders to be held May 20, 2009. Such information is incorporated herein by reference.
 
The following table provides information related to equity compensation plans as of December 31, 2008:
 
                         
    Number of
    Weighted
    Number of
 
    Securities to be
    Average
    Securities
 
    Issued Upon
    Exercise
    Remaining for
 
    Exercise of
    Price of
    Future Issuance
 
    Outstanding
    Outstanding
    Under Equity
 
Plan Category   Stock Options     Stock Options     Compensation Plans  
 
Equity compensation plans approved
by security holders
    1,299,317 (1)   $ 14.00       2,998,062 (2)
Equity compensation plans not
approved by security holders
    N/A       N/A       N/A  
 
(1) Excludes 527,101 shares of restricted common stock awards subject to forfeiture. The shares of restricted stock vest over periods ranging from three to five years from the award date.
 
(2) Represents shares of common stock registered with the SEC which are eligible for issuance pursuant to stock option or restricted stock awards granted under various plans.
 
ITEM 13.      CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE
 
Information relating to this item is provided in the Corporation’s definitive proxy statement filed with the SEC in connection with its annual meeting of stockholders to be held May 20, 2009. Such information is incorporated herein by reference.
 
ITEM 14.      PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES
 
Information relating to this item is provided in the Corporation’s definitive proxy statement filed with the SEC in connection with its annual meeting of stockholders to be held May 20, 2009. Such information is incorporated herein by reference.


111


Table of Contents

 
PART IV
 
ITEM 15.      EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
 
(a)             FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
The consolidated financial statements of F.N.B. Corporation and subsidiaries required in response to this item are incorporated by reference to Item 8 of this Report.
 
(b)             EXHIBITS
 
The exhibits filed or incorporated by reference as a part of this report are listed in the Index to Exhibits which appears at page 115 and is incorporated by reference.
 
(c)             SCHEDULES
 
No financial statement schedules are being filed because of the absence of conditions under which they are required or because the required information is included in the Consolidated Financial Statements and related notes thereto.


112


Table of Contents

 
SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
 
F.N.B. CORPORATION
 
  By 
/s/  Stephen J. Gurgovits
Stephen J. Gurgovits
Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
             
         
/s/  Stephen J. Gurgovits

Stephen J. Gurgovits
  Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)   February 18, 2009
         
/s/  Brian F. Lilly

Brian F. Lilly
  Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer)   February 18, 2009
         
/s/  Vincent J. Calabrese

Vincent J. Calabrese
  Corporate Controller (Principal Accounting Officer)   February 18, 2009
         
/s/  William B. Campbell

William B. Campbell
  Director   February 18, 2009
         
/s/  Henry M. Ekker

Henry M. Ekker
  Director   February 18, 2009
         
/s/  Philip E. Gingerich

Philip E. Gingerich
  Director   February 18, 2009
         
/s/  Robert B. Goldstein

Robert B. Goldstein
  Director   February 18, 2009
         
/s/  Dawne S. Hickton

Dawne S. Hickton
  Director   February 18, 2009
         
/s/  David J. Malone

David J. Malone
  Director   February 18, 2009
         
/s/  D. Stephen Martz

D. Stephen Martz
  Director   February 18, 2009
         
/s/  Peter Mortensen

Peter Mortensen
  Director   February 18, 2009


113


Table of Contents

             
         
/s/  Harry F. Radcliffe

Harry F. Radcliffe
  Director   February 18, 2009
         
/s/  Arthur J. Rooney II

Arthur J. Rooney II
  Director   February 18, 2009
         
/s/  John W. Rose

John W. Rose
  Director   February 18, 2009
         
/s/  Stanton R. Sheetz

Stanton R. Sheetz
  Director   February 18, 2009
         
/s/  William J. Strimbu

William J. Strimbu
  Director   February 18, 2009
         
/s/  Earl K. Wahl, Jr.

Earl K. Wahl, Jr.
  Director   February 18, 2009


114


Table of Contents

 
INDEX TO EXHIBITS
 
The following exhibits are filed or incorporated by reference as part of this report:
 
         
  3 .1.   Articles of Incorporation of the Corporation as currently in effect. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1. of the Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006).
  3 .2.   Amended by-laws of the Corporation as currently in effect. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1. of the Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 22, 2008).
  4 .1.   The rights of holders of equity securities are defined in portions of the Articles of Incorporation and By-laws. The Corporation agrees to furnish to the Commission upon request copies of all instruments not filed herewith defining the rights of holders of long-term debt of the Corporation and its subsidiaries.
  4 .2.   Form of Certificate for the Series C Preferred Stock. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1. of the Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 14, 2009).
  4 .3.   Warrant to purchase up to 1,302,083 shares of Common Stock, issued to the United States Department of the Treasury. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2. of the Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 14, 2009).
  10 .1.   Form of Deferred Compensation Agreement by and between First National Bank of Pennsylvania and four of its executive officers. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3. of the Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1993).*
  10 .2.   Amended and Restated Employment Agreement between F.N.B. Corporation, First National Bank of Pennsylvania and Stephen J. Gurgovits. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1. of the Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 24, 2008).*
  10 .3.   Amended and Restated Consulting Agreement between F.N.B. Corporation, First National Bank of Pennsylvania and Stephen J. Gurgovits. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2. of the Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 24, 2008).*
  10 .4.   Form of Restricted Stock Units Agreement for Stephen J. Gurgovits pursuant to the F.N.B. Corporation 2007 Incentive Compensation Plan. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2. of the Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 23, 2008).*
  10 .5.   Amended 2007 Performance-Based Restricted Stock Award for Stephen J. Gurgovits pursuant to the F.N.B. Corporation 2007 Incentive Compensation Plan. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3. of the Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 23, 2008).*
  10 .6.   Amended 2007 Service-Based Restricted Stock Award for Stephen J. Gurgovits pursuant to the F.N.B. Corporation 2007 Incentive Compensation Plan. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3. of the Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 23, 2008).*
  10 .7.   Amendment to Deferred Compensation Agreement of Stephen J. Gurgovits. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2. of the Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 22, 2008).*
  10 .8.   Basic Retirement Plan (formerly the Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan) of F.N.B. Corporation effective January 1, 1992. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9. of the Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1993).*
  10 .9.   F.N.B. Corporation 1990 Stock Option Plan as amended effective February 2, 1996. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10. of the Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1995).*
  10 .10.   F.N.B. Corporation Restricted Stock Bonus Plan dated January 1, 1994. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11. of the Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1993).*
  10 .11.   F.N.B. Corporation Restricted Stock and Incentive Bonus Plan. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14. of the Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1995).*
  10 .12.   F.N.B. Corporation 1996 Stock Option Plan. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15. of the Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1995).*
  10 .13.   F.N.B. Corporation Director’s Compensation Plan. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16. of the Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 1996).*


115


Table of Contents

         
  10 .14.   F.N.B. Corporation 1998 Director’s Stock Option Plan. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14. of the Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1998).*
  10 .15.   F.N.B. Corporation 2001 Incentive Plan. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1. of the Corporation’s Form S-8 filed on June 14, 2001).*
  10 .16.   Termination of Continuation of Employment Agreement between F.N.B. Corporation and Peter Mortensen. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17. of the Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2001).*
  10 .17.   Employment Agreement between First National Bank of Pennsylvania and David B. Mogle. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1. of the Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2005).*
  10 .18.   Employment Agreement between First National Bank of Pennsylvania and James G. Orie. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2. of the Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2005).*
  10 .19.   Employment Agreement between F.N.B. Corporation and Brian F. Lilly. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1. of the Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 23, 2007).*
  10 .20.   Form of Amendment to Employment Agreements of Vincent Calabrese, Vincent Delie, Scott Free, David Mogle, James Orie, Gary Guerrieri and Louise Lowrey. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1. of the Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 22, 2008).*
  10 .21.   F.N.B. Corporation 2007 Incentive Compensation Plan. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit A of the Corporation’s 2007 Proxy Statement filed on March 22, 2007).*
  10 .22.   Employment Agreement between First National Bank of Pennsylvania and Vincent J. Calabrese. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1. of the Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 23, 2007).*
  10 .23.   Severance Agreement between F.N.B. Corporation and Robert V. New, Jr. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1. of the Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 11, 2009).*
  10 .24.   Restricted Stock Agreement. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1. of the Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 19, 2007).*
  10 .25.   Performance Restricted Stock Award Agreement. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2. of the Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 19, 2007).*
  10 .26.   Retirement Agreement between F.N.B. Corporation, First National Bank of Pennsylvania and Gary J. Roberts. (Incorporated by reference to the Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 3, 2008).*
  10 .27.   Form of Indemnification Agreement for directors. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1. of the Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on September 23, 2008).*
  10 .28.   Form of Indemnification Agreement for officers. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1. of the Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on September 23, 2008).*
  10 .29.   Letter Agreement between the Corporation and the United States Department of Treasury relating to the TARP Capital Purchase Program, including Securities Purchase Agreement — Standard Terms, incorporated by reference therein. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1. of the Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 14, 2009).*
  10 .30.   Form of Waiver executed by Robert V. New, Brian F. Lilly, Stephen J. Gurgovits, Vincent J. Delie and Gary J. Guerrieri in connection with TARP Capital Purchase Program. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2. of the Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 14, 2009).*
  10 .31.   Form of Executive Compensation Agreement by and between F.N.B. Corporation and each of Robert V. New, Brian F. Lilly, Stephen J. Gurgovits, Vincent J. Delie and Gary J. Guerrieri in connection with TARP Capital Purchase Program. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3. of the Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 14, 2009).*
  11     Computation of Per Share Earnings**
  12     Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges. (filed herewith).
  14     Code of Ethics. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.3. of the Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002).*
  21     Subsidiaries of the Registrant. (filed herewith).
  23 .1.   Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm. (filed herewith).

116


Table of Contents

         
  31 .1.   Certification of Chief Executive Officer Sarbanes-Oxley Act Section 302. (filed herewith).
  31 .2.   Certification of Chief Financial Officer Sarbanes-Oxley Act Section 302. (filed herewith).
  32 .1.   Certification of Chief Executive Officer Sarbanes-Oxley Act Section 906. (filed herewith).
  32 .2.   Certification of Chief Financial Officer Sarbanes-Oxley Act Section 906. (filed herewith).
 
 
Management contracts and compensatory plans or arrangements required to be filed as exhibits pursuant to Item 15(a)(3) of this Report.
 
** This information is provided in the Earnings Per Share footnote in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, which is included in Item 8 in this Report.

117